AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 29, 1999.

REGISTRATION NO. 333-51023


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.*
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

             NEW YORK                             6211                            13-4007862
   (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)     CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NO.)

ONE CORPORATE CENTER
RYE, NEW YORK 10580
(914) 921-3700
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

JAMES E. MCKEE, ESQ.
VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
ONE CORPORATE CENTER
RYE, NEW YORK 10580
(914) 921-3700
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)


COPIES TO:

         RICHARD T. PRINS, ESQ.                                  GARY S. SCHPERO, ESQ.
SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP                      SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT
            919 THIRD AVENUE                                     425 LEXINGTON AVENUE
        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022                               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
             (212) 735-3000                                         (212) 455-2000


APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as

practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. [ ]


THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



* THE REGISTRANT IS CURRENTLY NAMED ALPHA G, INC. PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE REGISTRANT WILL AMEND ITS CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO CHANGE ITS NAME TO "GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC."


INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JANUARY 29, 1999

PROSPECTUS

6,000,000 SHARES
GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
CLASS A COMMON STOCK

All of the 6,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Class A Common Stock") offered hereby (the "Offering") are being offered by Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (the "Company"). The Company has two classes of authorized common stock, consisting of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (the "Class B Common Stock" and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"). Each share of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote, and each share of Class B Common Stock entitles its holder to ten votes.

Following the Offering, Mario J. Gabelli ("Mr. Gabelli") will indirectly beneficially own shares of Common Stock having approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). See "Ownership of the Common Stock."

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A Common Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock will be between $16.00 and $19.00. For a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting." The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GBL."

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.


THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE

ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A

CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    PRICE TO                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PUBLIC                 DISCOUNT(1)                COMPANY(2)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share...................................  $                         $                         $
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)....................................  $                         $                         $
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $ .

(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, exercisable within 30 days after the date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."


The shares of Class A Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about , 1999.


Joint Book-Running Managers
MERRILL LYNCH & CO. SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

GABELLI & COMPANY, INC.

The date of this Prospectus is , 1999.


CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements (including notes) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company was formed in connection with a reorganization of Gabelli Funds, Inc. ("GFI"), whereby prior to the Offering, the Company will issue 24 million shares of its Class B Common Stock, representing all of its then issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, to GFI for substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities of GFI relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory, underwriting and brokerage business, at which time GFI will be renamed "Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc." ("Gabelli Partners"). Unless otherwise indicated, the information (other than historical financial information) contained in this Prospectus (i) gives effect to the Formation Transactions described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- The Formation Transactions," which will have been consummated prior to or concurrently with the Offering, and (ii) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the "Company" mean Gabelli Asset Management Inc., its predecessors and its consolidated subsidiaries.

THE COMPANY

The Company is a widely recognized provider of investment advisory and brokerage services to mutual fund, institutional and high net worth investors, primarily in the United States. The Company generally manages assets on a discretionary basis and invests in a variety of U.S. and international securities through various investment styles. The Company's revenues are largely based on the level of assets under management in its business, rather than its total assets, as well as the level of fees associated with its various investment products. At September 30, 1998, the Company had total assets under management of approximately $13.9 billion. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Formation Transactions, for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company had total revenues of approximately $102.3 million and net income of approximately $21.7 million. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Formation Transactions, at September 30, 1998, the Company had total assets of approximately $111.5 million.

At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $16.3 billion of assets under management, 88% of which were invested in equity securities. The Company's assets under management are organized principally in three groups: Mutual Funds, Separate Accounts and Partnerships.

- MUTUAL FUNDS: At December 31, 1998, the Company had $8.2 billion of assets under management in open-end mutual funds and closed-end funds, representing approximately 50% of the Company's total assets under management. The Company currently provides advisory services to (i) the Gabelli family of funds, which consists of 14 open-end mutual funds and three closed-end funds; (ii) The Treasurer's Fund, consisting of three open-end money market funds (the "Treasurer's Funds"); and (iii) the Gabelli Westwood family of funds, consisting of six open-end mutual funds, five of which are managed on a day-to-day basis by an unaffiliated subadviser (collectively, the "Mutual Funds"). The Mutual Funds have a long-term record of achieving high returns, relative to similar investment products. At December 31, 1998, approximately 99% of the assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds having an overall rating from Morningstar, Inc. ("Morningstar") were in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "three stars" or better, with 36% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "five stars" and 38% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "four stars" on an overall basis (i.e., based on three-, five- and ten-year risk adjusted average returns). The Gabelli family of funds was honored as the top performing mutual fund family by Mutual Funds Magazine for 1997.

- SEPARATE ACCOUNTS: At December 31, 1998, the Company had $8.0 billion of assets in approximately 975 separate accounts, representing approximately 49% of the Company's total assets under management. The Company currently provides advisory services to a broad range of investors, including corporate pension and profit sharing plans, foundations, endowments, jointly trusteed plans, municipalities, and high net worth individuals, and also serves as subadviser to certain other third-party investment funds (collectively, the "Separate Accounts"). At December 31, 1998, high net worth accounts (accounts of individuals and related parties in general having a minimum account balance of $1 million) comprised approximately 79%

3

of the number of Separate Accounts and approximately 25% of the assets, with institutional investors comprising the balance. Each Separate Account portfolio is managed to meet the specific needs and objectives of the particular client by utilizing investment strategies and techniques within the Company's areas of expertise.

- PARTNERSHIPS: The Company also provides alternative investments through its majority-owned subsidiary, Gabelli Securities, Inc. ("GSI"). These alternative investment products consist primarily of risk arbitrage and merchant banking limited partnerships and offshore companies (collectively, the "Partnerships"). The Partnerships had $146 million of assets, or approximately 1% of total assets under management, at December 31, 1998.

Investment advisory and incentive fees relating to the Mutual Funds, the Separate Accounts, and the Partnerships generated approximately 84% and 85% of the Company's total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

The following table sets forth total assets under management by product type as of the dates shown and the compound annual growth rates ("CAGR"):

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

BY PRODUCT TYPE

(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

                                                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                      AT DECEMBER 31,                         TO
                                        --------------------------------------------   DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                         1994     1995     1996     1997      1998          CAGR(a)
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------   -----------------
EQUITY:
  Mutual Funds........................  $3,391   $3,875   $3,969   $ 5,313   $ 7,159         20.5%
  Separate Accounts...................   4,276    5,051    5,200     6,085     7,133         13.7
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
          Total Equity................   7,667    8,926    9,169    11,398    14,292         16.9
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
FIXED INCOME:
  Money Market Mutual Funds...........     208      236      235       827     1,030         49.2
  Bond Mutual Funds...................       5        5        5         6         8         12.5
  Separate Accounts...................      --       --       --       928       824           --
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
          Total Fixed Income..........     213      241      240     1,761     1,862         71.9
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
PARTNERSHIPS:
  Partnerships........................     103      112      116       138       146          9.1
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
    Total Assets Under Management(b)..  $7,983   $9,279   $9,525   $13,297   $16,300        19.5%
                                        ======   ======   ======   =======   =======         ====
BREAKDOWN OF TOTAL ASSETS
  UNDER MANAGEMENT:
  Mutual Funds........................  $3,604   $4,116   $4,209   $ 6,146   $ 8,197        22.8%
  Separate Accounts...................   4,276    5,051    5,200     7,013     7,957         16.8
  Partnerships........................     103      112      116       138       146          9.1
                                        ------   ------   ------   -------   -------         ----
    Total Assets Under Management(b)..  $7,983   $9,279   $9,525   $13,297   $16,300         19.5%
                                        ======   ======   ======   =======   =======         ====


(a) Compound annual growth rate.

(b) Effective April 14, 1997 the Company increased its ownership of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC from 50% to 80.1%, thereby causing Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC to become a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, for periods after April 14, 1997, the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC are included in the Company's assets under management. If the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC had been included for all periods presented, assets under management would have been $9,004, $10,793 and $11,082 at December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and the CAGR for total assets would have been 16.0%.

4

The Company's subsidiary, Gabelli & Company, Inc. ("Gabelli & Company"), is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and acts as underwriter and distributor of the open-end Mutual Funds and provides brokerage, trading, underwriting and research services.

The Company was incorporated in April 1998 as "Alpha G, Inc." under the laws of the state of New York. Prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Company will be renamed "Gabelli Asset Management Inc." The Company's principal executive offices are located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580 and the telephone number is (914) 921-3700.

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

The Company was originally founded in 1976 as an institutional broker-dealer and entered the separate accounts business in 1977 and the mutual fund business in 1986. In its early years, the Company's investment philosophy was value-oriented. Starting in the mid-1980s, the Company began building upon its core of value-oriented equity investment products by adding new investment strategies designed for clients seeking to invest in growth-oriented equities, convertible securities and fixed income products. Since then, the Company has continued to build its franchise by expanding its investment management capabilities through the addition of industry specific, international, global, and real asset oriented product offerings. Throughout its 22-year history, the Company has marketed most of its products under the "Gabelli" brand name.

The Company manages assets in the following wide spectrum of investment products and strategies, many of which are focused on fast-growing areas:

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT PRODUCTS AND STRATEGIES

       U.S. EQUITIES:          U.S. FIXED INCOME:  GLOBAL AND INTERNATIONAL EQUITIES:
       --------------          ------------------  ----------------------------------
All Cap Value                  Corporate           International Growth
Large Cap Value                Government          Global Value
Large Cap Growth               Municipals          Global Telecommunications
Mid Cap Value                  Asset-backed        Global Multimedia
Small Cap Value                Intermediate        Gold(b)
Small Cap Growth               Short-term
Micro Cap
Real Estate(a)

   CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES:       U.S. BALANCED:          ALTERNATIVE PRODUCTS:
   -----------------------       --------------          ---------------------
U.S. Convertible Securities    Balanced Growth     Risk Arbitrage
Global Convertible Securities  Balanced Value      Merchant Banking
                                                   Fund of Funds


(a) Invested primarily in publicly-traded real estate investment trusts and managed by Westwood Management.
(b) Invested primarily in publicly-traded equities of U.S. and international gold companies.

The Company believes that its growth to date can be largely credited to the following:

- LONG-TERM FUND PERFORMANCE: The Company has a long-term record of achieving relatively high returns for its Mutual Fund and Separate Account clients when compared to similar investment products. The Company believes that its performance record is a competitive advantage and a recognized component of its franchise.

- WIDELY RECOGNIZED "GABELLI" BRAND NAME: For much of its history, the Company has advertised in a variety of financial print media, including in publications such as the Wall Street Journal, Money Magazine,

5

Barron's and Investor's Business Daily. The Company believes that the breadth and consistency of its advertising has enhanced investor awareness of its product offerings and of the "Gabelli" brand name.

- DIVERSIFIED PRODUCT OFFERINGS: Since the inception of its investment management activities, the Company has sought to expand the breadth of its product offerings. The Company currently offers a wide spectrum of investment products and strategies, including product offerings in U.S. equities, U.S. fixed income, global and international equities, convertible securities, U.S. balanced and alternative products.

- STRONG INDUSTRY FUNDAMENTALS: According to data compiled by the U.S. Federal Reserve, the investment management industry has grown faster than more traditional segments of the financial services industry, including the banking and insurance industries. The Company believes that demographic trends and the growing role of money managers in the placement of capital compared to the traditional role played by banks and life insurance companies will result in continued growth of the investment management industry.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company intends to grow its franchise by leveraging its competitive asset management strengths, including its long-term performance record, brand name, diverse product offerings and experienced research, client service and investment staff. In order to achieve continued growth in assets under management and profitability, the Company will continue to pursue its business strategy, the key elements of which include:

- BROADENING AND STRENGTHENING THE GABELLI BRAND. The Company believes that the Gabelli brand name is one of the more widely recognized brand names in the U.S. investment management industry. The Company intends to continue to strengthen its brand name identity by, among other things, increasing its marketing and advertising to provide a uniform global image. The Company believes that with its brand name recognition, it has the capacity to create new products and services around the core Gabelli brand to complement its existing product offerings. For example, in 1998, the Company launched the Gabelli Global Opportunity Fund, a global equity fund, and the Gabelli Westwood Mighty Mites(SM) Fund, a micro cap equity fund.

- EXPANDING MUTUAL FUND DISTRIBUTION. The Company intends to continue expanding its distribution network through programs sponsored by third-party intermediaries that offer their mutual fund customers a variety of competing products and administrative services ("Third-Party Distribution Programs"), including, in particular, programs with no transaction fees payable by the customer ("NTF Programs"), also commonly referred to as "mutual fund supermarkets." In recent years, the Company has realized significant growth in its mutual fund assets under management through alliances with "mutual fund supermarkets" and other Third-Party Distribution Programs, through which its Mutual Funds are made available to investors. As of December 31, 1998, the Company was participating in 63 Third-Party Distribution Programs, including the Charles Schwab and Fidelity Investments "mutual fund supermarket" programs. In addition, the Company intends to develop a marketing strategy to increase its presence in the 401(k) market for its Mutual Funds. Additionally, the Company expects to soon offer investors the ability to purchase mutual fund shares directly through the Internet. The Company has also entered into various marketing alliances and distribution arrangements with leading national brokerage and investment houses and has commenced development of additional classes of shares for several of its mutual funds for sale through national brokerage and investment houses and other third-party distribution channels on a commission basis.

- INCREASING PENETRATION IN HIGH NET WORTH MARKET. The Company's high net worth business focuses, in general, on serving clients who have established an account relationship of $1 million or more with the Company. According to certain industry estimates, the number of households with over $1 million in investable assets will grow from approximately 2.5 million in 1996 to over 15 million by 2010. With the Company's 22-year history of serving this segment, its long-term performance record and brand name recognition, the Company believes that it is well positioned to capitalize on the growth opportunities in this market.

6

- INCREASING MARKETING FOR INSTITUTIONAL SEPARATE ACCOUNTS. The institutional Separate Accounts business has been primarily developed through direct marketing channels. Historically, third-party pension consultants and financial consultants have not been a major source of new institutional Separate Accounts business for the Company. However, these consultants have significantly increased their presence among institutional investors. As a result, the Company intends both to add marketing personnel to target pension and financial consultants and to expand its efforts through its traditional marketing channels.

- ATTRACTING AND RETAINING EXPERIENCED PROFESSIONALS. Following the Offering, the availability of the publicly-traded Class A Common Stock will enhance the Company's ability to attract and retain top performing investment professionals. The ability to attract and retain highly experienced investment and other professionals with a long-term commitment to the Company and its clients has been, and will continue to be, a significant factor in its long-term growth. As the Company continues to increase the breadth of its investment management capabilities, it plans to add portfolio managers and other investment personnel in order to foster expansion of its products.

- CAPITALIZING ON ACQUISITIONS AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES. The Company intends to selectively and opportunistically pursue acquisitions and alliances that will broaden its product offerings and add new sources of distribution. The Company believes that it will be better positioned to pursue acquisitions and alliances after the Offering because it will be one of a relatively few publicly-traded investment management firms. At present, the Company has no plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any specific acquisitions or alliances.

7

THE OFFERING

Class A Common Stock Offered....    6,000,000 shares

Common Stock to be Outstanding
After the Offering..............    6,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock(1)
                                   and 24,000,000 shares of Class B Common
                                   Stock(2)

                                  ----------------------------------------------

                                   30,000,000 shares(1)
                                  ----------------------------------------------

                                  ----------------------------------------------


Use of Proceeds.................   The Company intends to use the net proceeds
                                   from the Offering for general corporate
                                   purposes, including working capital and the
                                   expansion of its business through new
                                   investment product offerings, enhanced
                                   distribution and marketing of existing
                                   investment products, upgraded management
                                   information systems and strategic
                                   acquisitions as opportunities arise. The
                                   Company currently does not intend to use any
                                   of the net proceeds from the Offering to pay
                                   debt service on the $50 million payable to
                                   Mr. Gabelli under the terms of his Employment
                                   Agreement. See "Use of Proceeds."



Voting Rights...................   The rights of holders of shares of Common
                                   Stock are substantially identical, except
                                   that holders of Class B Common Stock will be
                                   entitled to ten votes per share, while
                                   holders of Class A Common Stock will be
                                   entitled to one vote per share.

NYSE Symbol..................... GBL


(1) Excludes 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan of the Company, including 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding options that will be granted at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock (net of the discount payable to the Underwriters). See "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan."

(2) All of the Class B Common Stock is owned by Gabelli Partners, which is approximately two-thirds owned by Mr. Gabelli, with the balance owned by the Company's professional staff and other individuals.

RISK FACTORS

Purchasers of the Class A Common Stock in the Offering should carefully consider the risk factors set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this Prospectus prior to making an investment decision. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.

8

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

General

The following is a summary of certain consolidated financial information relating to the Company. The summary has been derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Gabelli Funds, Inc. and subsidiaries ("GFI") and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. All financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, which has not been audited, has been derived from the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary to present fairly such information for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1998.

The unaudited pro forma income statement data gives effect to (i) the Formation Transactions, including the reduction in net gain from investments, the reduction in interest and dividend income, the lower management fee and the increase in interest expense as if the Employment Agreement (as defined herein) (see Note Q to the Consolidated Financial Statements) had been in effect for the year ended December 31, 1997 and nine months ended September 30, 1998, and (ii) the additional income taxes which would have been recorded if GFI had been a "C" corporation instead of an "S" corporation based on tax laws in effect for the respective periods.

The unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent the results of operations or the financial position of the Company which actually would have occurred had the Formation Transactions been consummated on the aforesaid dates, or project the results of operations or the financial position of the Company for any future date or period. See "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- The Formation Transactions" and the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income and Financial Condition of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Impact of $50 Million Non-Recurring Charge ($1.01 per share) to be Recorded in First Quarter of 1999

Under the terms of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli, who indirectly beneficially owns shares of Common Stock having 97.6% of the combined voting power of the Company, will receive, in addition to his portfolio management compensation and account executive fees, an annual incentive-based management fee of 10% of the aggregate pre-tax profits of the Company (before consideration of the management fee) and a deferred payment of $50 million on January 2, 2002, with interest payable quarterly on such deferred amount at an annual rate of 6%. The $50 million deferred payment is expected to be charged to the Company's earnings upon the effective date of the Employment Agreement, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 1999. This payment, net of tax benefit, will reduce earnings by $1.01 per share (based on the expected weighted average number of shares outstanding in the first quarter of 1999 of 30 million). The $50 million payment is not reflected in the pro forma income statement data because it is a one-time event directly related to the Offering; however, it is reflected, net of tax benefit, in pro forma stockholders' equity.

9

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA DATA

                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  ---------------------------------------------------   ------------------
                                    1993       1994       1995      1996       1997     1997(1)   1998(1)
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Revenues:
  Investment advisory and
    incentive fees..............  $ 61,110   $ 71,759   $ 77,302   $84,244   $ 89,684   $64,107   $ 86,302
  Commission revenue............     5,555      5,003      5,706     6,667      7,496     5,613      6,197
  Distribution fees and other
    income......................     3,716      4,683      6,302     7,257      8,096     5,100      9,810
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total revenues..............    70,381     81,445     89,310    98,168    105,276    74,820    102,309
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Expenses:
  Compensation costs............    31,750     36,235     39,384    41,814     45,260    33,138     41,702
  Management fee................     3,618      6,904      9,423    10,192     10,580     7,425      8,533
  Other operating expenses......    12,592     16,435     18,709    19,274     18,690    13,943     18,072
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total expenses..............    47,960     59,574     67,516    71,280     74,530    54,506     68,307
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Operating income................    22,421     21,871     21,794    26,888     30,746    20,314     34,002
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Other income:
  Net gain (loss) from
    investments.................     9,199     (1,724)    10,105     8,783      7,888     6,803     (3,910)
  Gain on sale of PCS licenses, net..       --       --       --        --         --        --     17,430
  Interest and dividend
    income......................     2,596      4,692      5,853     5,406      4,634     3,168      3,252
  Interest expense..............      (337)      (868)      (679)     (879)    (1,876)   (1,183)    (1,355)
  Other.........................       195        119        147       331       (109)      (52)        79
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total other income, net.....    11,653      2,219     15,426    13,641     10,537     8,736     15,496
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest.............    34,074     24,090     37,220    40,529     41,283    29,050     49,498
  Income taxes..................    12,831      9,198      7,769     7,631      3,077     2,369      3,004
  Minority interest.............     1,750      2,060      2,555     2,727      1,529       759      1,043
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Net income......................  $ 19,493   $ 12,832   $ 26,896   $30,171   $ 36,677   $25,922   $ 45,451
                                  ========   ========   ========   =======   ========   =======   ========

                                                       DECEMBER 31,                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                     1993        1994       1995       1996       1997     1997(1)    1998(1)
                                   --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
  Assets under management (at
    period end)(2):
      Mutual Funds...............  $  3,684    $  3,604   $  4,116   $  4,209   $  6,146   $  5,892   $  7,034
      Separate Accounts..........     4,460       4,276      5,051      5,200      7,013      6,760      6,720
      Partnerships...............        67         103        112        116        138        134        147
                                   --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
         Total...................  $  8,211    $  7,983   $  9,279   $  9,525   $ 13,297   $ 12,786   $ 13,901
                                   ========    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      PRO FORMA FOR            PRO FORMA FOR
                                                     ACTUAL    FORMATION TRANSACTIONS(1)(3)   OFFERING(1)(3)
                                                    --------   ----------------------------   ---------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
  Investment in securities........................  $ 78,597             $ 23,233                $ 23,233
  Investment in partnerships......................    47,081               15,163                  15,163
  PCS licenses....................................    33,985                   --                      --
  Total assets....................................   241,487              111,501                 208,501
  Total liabilities and minority interest.........    61,385               96,671                  96,671
  Total stockholders' equity......................   180,102               14,830                 111,830

10

                                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1997            1998
                                                              ------------    -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                     PER SHARE DATA)
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA(1)(3)(4)

  Revenues:
    Investment advisory and incentive fees..................    $ 89,684         $ 86,302
    Commission revenue......................................       7,496            6,197
    Distribution fees and other income......................       8,096            9,810
                                                                --------         --------
         Total revenues.....................................     105,276          102,309
  Expenses:
    Compensation costs......................................      45,260           41,702
    Management fee..........................................       4,424            4,216
    Other operating expenses................................      16,901           17,541
                                                                --------         --------
         Total expenses.....................................      66,585           63,459
    Operating income........................................      38,691           38,850
                                                                --------         --------
  Other income:
    Net gain from investments...............................       3,004              756
    Interest and dividend income............................       1,115              605
    Interest expense........................................      (3,000)          (2,271)
         Total other income, net............................       1,119             (910)
                                                                --------         --------
  Income before income taxes and minority interest..........      39,810           37,940
    Income taxes............................................      15,735           15,047
    Minority interest.......................................       1,677            1,228
                                                                --------         --------
  Net income................................................    $ 22,398         $ 21,665
                                                                ========         ========
Pro forma net income per share:
  Basic and diluted.........................................    $   0.75         $   0.72
                                                                ========         ========
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic and diluted.........................................      30,000           30,000
                                                                ========         ========


(1) Unaudited.

(2) Effective April 14, 1997, Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC was restructured such that the Company's ownership increased from 50% to 80.1%, thereby causing Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC to become a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, for periods after April 14, 1997, the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC are included in the Company's assets under management. If the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC had been included for all periods presented, assets under management for 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 would have been approximately $11.1 billion, $9.0 billion, $10.8 billion and $11.1 billion, respectively.

(3) The unaudited pro forma data presented above gives effect to the Formation Transactions and the additional income taxes payable if GFI had been a "C" corporation instead of an "S" corporation, but does not give effect to the use of the proceeds received from the Offering. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4) The disclosure requirements of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 require the use of an option valuation model to compute a fair value of employee stock options. The valuation model used by the Company was not developed for use in valuing employee stock options and the Company's employee stock option characteristics vary significantly from those of traded options. As a result, changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. The pro forma compensation expense, net of tax benefit, related to the Stock Award and Incentive Plan for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 is $1,600,000 and $1,200,000, respectively, based on 1,200,000 options outstanding on the Offering Date.

11

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the following factors relating to the Company and the Class A Common Stock before making an investment in the Class A Common Stock offered by this Prospectus.

CONTROL BY MR. GABELLI; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Upon completion of the Offering, Mr. Gabelli, through his approximately two-thirds ownership of Gabelli Partners, will beneficially own all of the Company's outstanding Class B Common Stock, representing approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of the Company (97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). As long as Mr. Gabelli indirectly beneficially owns a majority of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, he will have the ability to elect all of the members of the Board of Directors and thereby control the management and affairs of the Company, including determinations with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, borrowings, issuances of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, and the declaration and payment of dividends on the Common Stock. In addition, Mr. Gabelli will be able to determine the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of the Company's shareholders for approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change in control of the Company. As a result of Mr. Gabelli's control of the Company, none of the Company's agreements with Mr. Gabelli and other companies controlled by him have been arrived at through "arm's-length" negotiations, although the Company believes that the parties endeavored to implement market-based terms. There can be no assurance that the Company would not have received more favorable terms from an unaffiliated party. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

In order to minimize conflicts and potential competition with the Company's investment management business, Mr. Gabelli has entered into a written agreement to limit his activities outside of the Company. Mr. Gabelli has undertaken that so long as he is associated with the Company or for a period of five years from the consummation of the Offering, whichever is longer, he shall not provide investment management services for compensation other than in his capacity as an officer or employee of the Company except for (a) those investment funds and accounts currently managed by Mr. Gabelli outside the Company under performance fee arrangements, but only to the extent that any such investment fund or account consists solely of one or more of the persons who were investors as of the date of the consummation of the Offering and (b) successor funds and accounts which serve no investors other than those in the funds and accounts referred to in clause (a) or those investors' successors, heirs, donees or immediate families, which funds and accounts operate according to an investment style similar to such other accounts or funds, which style is not used at the Company as of the date of consummation of the Offering, and which are subject to performance fee arrangements. References to the "Permissible Accounts" mean the funds and accounts managed outside the Company which are permitted under the agreement described above in this paragraph. To the extent that such activities are not prohibited under the foregoing agreement, Mr. Gabelli intends to continue devoting time to activities outside the Company, including managing his own assets and his family's assets, managing or controlling companies in other industries and managing assets for other investors through the Permissible Accounts (approximately $110 million as of September 30, 1998). These activities may present conflicts of interest or compete with the Company. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company expressly provides in general that Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family who are officers or directors of the Company and entities controlled by such persons have an obligation to present corporate opportunities to the Company and resolve conflicts of interest through one of the processes described in the Certificate of Incorporation, which include independent director or independent shareholder approval. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions -- Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies." As of the date of the consummation of the Offering, it is expected that there will be no members of Mr. Gabelli's immediate family who are officers or directors of the Company.

The Company will not derive any income from activities outside the Company by Mr. Gabelli or members of his immediate family who are officers or directors of the Company and may not be able to take advantage of business and investment opportunities that could later prove to be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders, either because such opportunities were not Company opportunities at the time they arose or

12

because the Company did not pursue them. Where a conflict of interest involves a transaction between Mr. Gabelli or members of his immediate family who are officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates and the Company, there can be no assurance that the Company would not receive more favorable terms if it were dealing with an unaffiliated party, although the Company will seek to achieve market-based terms in all such transactions. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions -- Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies."

DEPENDENCE ON MARIO J. GABELLI AND OTHER KEY PERSONNEL

The Company is dependent on the efforts of Mr. Gabelli, its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and the primary portfolio manager for a significant majority of the Company's assets under management. The loss of Mr. Gabelli's services would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

In addition to Mr. Gabelli, the future success of the Company depends to a substantial degree on its ability to retain and attract other qualified personnel to conduct its investment management business. The market for qualified portfolio managers is extremely competitive and has grown more so in recent periods as the investment management industry has experienced growth. The Company anticipates that it will be necessary for it to add portfolio managers and investment analysts as the Company further diversifies its investment products and strategies. See "Business -- Business Strategy." There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be successful in its efforts to recruit and retain the required personnel. In addition, the investment professionals as well as the senior marketing personnel have direct contact with the Company's Separate Account clients, which can lead to a strong client relationship. The loss of these personnel could jeopardize the Company's relationships with certain Separate Account clients, and result in the loss of such accounts. The loss of key management professionals or the inability to recruit and retain sufficient portfolio managers and marketing personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECTS ON THE COMPANY'S PERFORMANCE PROSPECTS FROM A DECLINE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SECURITIES MARKETS

The Company's results of operations are affected by many economic factors, including the performance of the securities markets. During recent years, unusually favorable and sustained performance of the U.S. securities markets, and the U.S. equity market, in particular, has attracted substantial inflows of new investments in these markets and has contributed to significant market appreciation which has, in turn, led to an increase in assets under management and revenues for the Company. At September 30, 1998, approximately 88% of the Company's assets under management were invested in portfolios consisting primarily of equity securities. More recently, the securities markets in general have experienced significant volatility, with declines in value experienced during the third quarter of 1998. Any further decline in the securities markets, in general, and the equity markets, in particular, could further reduce the Company's assets under management and consequently reduce the Company's revenues. In addition, any such continuing decline in the equity markets, failure of these markets to sustain their prior levels of growth, or continued short-term volatility in these markets could result in investors withdrawing from the equity markets or decreasing their rate of investment, either of which would be likely to further adversely affect the Company. The Company's growth rate has varied from year to year, and there can be no assurance that the average growth rates sustained in the recent past will continue. From time to time, a relatively high proportion of the assets managed by the Company may be concentrated in particular industry sectors. A general decline in the performance of securities in those industry sectors could have an adverse effect on the Company's assets under management and revenues.

13

FUTURE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE COULD REDUCE REVENUES AND OTHER INCOME

Success in the investment management and mutual fund businesses is dependent on investment performance as well as distribution and client servicing. Good performance generally stimulates sales of the Company's investment products and tends to keep withdrawals and redemptions low, which generates higher management fees (which are based on the amount of assets under management). Conversely, relatively poor performance tends to result in decreased sales, increased withdrawals and redemptions in the case of the open- end Mutual Funds, and in the loss of Separate Accounts, with corresponding decreases in revenues to the Company. Many analysts of the mutual fund industry believe that investment performance is the most important factor for the growth of no-load Mutual Funds, such as those offered by the Company. Failure of the Company's investment products to perform well could, therefore, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

LOSS OF SIGNIFICANT SEPARATE ACCOUNTS COULD AFFECT REVENUES

The Company had approximately 950 Separate Accounts as of September 30, 1998, of which the ten largest accounts generated approximately 7% of the Company's total revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 1998. Loss of these accounts for any reason would have an adverse effect on the Company's revenues. Notwithstanding good performance, the Company has from time to time lost large Separate Accounts as a result of corporate mergers and restructurings, and the Company could continue to lose accounts under these or other circumstances.

COMPLIANCE FAILURES AND CHANGES IN REGULATION COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE COMPANY

The Company's investment management activities are subject to client guidelines and its Mutual Fund business involves compliance with numerous investment, asset valuation, distribution and tax requirements. A failure to adhere to these guidelines or satisfy these requirements could result in losses which could be recovered by the client from the Company in certain circumstances. Although the Company has installed procedures and utilizes the services of experienced administrators, accountants and lawyers to assist it in adhering to these guidelines and satisfying these requirements, and maintains insurance to protect it in the case of client losses, there can be no assurance that such precautions or insurance will protect the Company from potential liabilities.

The Company's businesses are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, including by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and the NASD. The Company is also subject to the laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions and non-U.S. regulatory agencies or bodies. The failure of the Company to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of the registration of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as an investment adviser or broker-dealer. Changes in laws or regulations or in governmental policies could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Regulation."

THE COMPANY'S SOURCES OF REVENUE ARE SUBJECT TO TERMINATION ON SHORT NOTICE

Substantially all of the Company's revenues are derived from investment management agreements and distribution arrangements. Investment management agreements and distribution arrangements with the Mutual Funds are terminable without penalty on 60 days' notice (subject to certain additional procedural requirements in the case of termination by a Mutual Fund) and must be specifically approved at least annually, as required by law. Such annual renewal requires, among other things, approval by the disinterested members of each Mutual Fund's board of directors or trustees. See "Business -- Brokerage and Mutual Fund Distribution." Investment advisory agreements with the Separate Accounts are typically terminable by the client without penalty on 30 days' notice or less. Any failure to renew or termination of a significant number of these agreements or arrangements would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

14

COMPETITION AND COMPETITORS WITH GREATER RESOURCES

The investment management business is intensely competitive with low barriers to entry and is undergoing substantial consolidation. Many organizations in this industry are attempting to market to and service the same clients as the Company, not only with mutual fund products and services, but also with a wide range of other financial products and services. Many of the Company's competitors have greater distribution capabilities, offer more product lines and services, and may also have a substantially greater amount of assets under management and financial resources. These competitors would tend to have a substantial advantage over the Company during periods when the Company's investment performance is not strong enough to counter these competitors' greater marketing resources. See "Business -- Competition."

RELIANCE ON THIRD-PARTY DISTRIBUTION PROGRAMS

The Company has recently experienced significant growth in sales of its open-end Mutual Funds through Third-Party Distribution Programs, most of which is from NTF Programs. Approximately $900 million of the Company's assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds as of September 30, 1998 were obtained through NTF Programs. The cost of participating in Third-Party Distribution Programs is higher than the Company's direct distribution costs, and there can be no assurance that the cost of Third-Party Distribution Programs will not increase in the future. Any increase would be likely to have an adverse effect on the Company's profit margins and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Third-Party Distribution Programs will continue to distribute the Mutual Funds. At September 30, 1998, approximately 89% of the NTF Program net assets in the Gabelli and Gabelli Westwood families of funds are attributable to two NTF Programs. Further, 89% of the total assets in The Treasurer's Funds are attributable to one Third-Party Distribution Program. The decision by these Third-Party Distribution Programs to discontinue distribution of the Mutual Funds could have an adverse effect on the Company's growth of assets under management.

FEE PRESSURES COULD REDUCE PROFIT MARGINS

There has been a trend toward lower fees in some segments of the investment management industry. In order for the Company to maintain its fee structure in a competitive environment, the Company must be able to provide clients with investment returns and service that will encourage them to be willing to pay such fees. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its current fee structure. Fee reductions on existing or future new business could have an adverse impact on the Company's profit margins and results of operations.

POSSIBILITY OF LOSSES ASSOCIATED WITH UNDERWRITING, TRADING AND MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES

The Company's underwriting, trading and market-making activities are primarily conducted through its subsidiary, Gabelli & Company, both as principal and agent. Such activities subject the Company's capital to significant risks of loss. The risks of loss include those resulting from ownership of securities, extension of credit, leverage, liquidity, counterparty failure to meet commitments, client fraud, employee errors, misconduct and fraud (including unauthorized transactions by traders), failures in connection with the processing of securities transactions and litigation. The Company has procedures and internal controls to address such risks but there can be no assurance that these procedures and controls will prevent losses from occurring.

DEPENDENCE ON INFORMATION SYSTEMS

The Company operates in an industry that is highly dependent on its information systems and technology. The Company outsources a significant portion of its information systems operations to third parties who are responsible for providing the management, maintenance and updating of such systems. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's information systems and technology will continue to be able to accommodate the Company's growth, or that the cost of maintaining such outsourcing arrangements will not increase from its current level. Such a failure to accommodate growth, or an increase in costs related to these information systems, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

15

FAILURE TO ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 COMPATIBILITY WOULD CAUSE SIGNIFICANT LOSSES

With the new millennium approaching, many institutions around the world are reviewing and modifying their computer systems to ensure that they are Year 2000 compliant. The issue, in general terms, is that many existing computer systems and microprocessors with date functions (including those in non-information technology equipment and systems) use only two digits to identify a year in the date field with the assumption that the first two digits of the year are always "19". Consequently, on January 1, 2000, computers that are not Year 2000 compliant may read the year as 1900. Systems that calculate, compare or sort using the incorrect date may malfunction.

Because the Company is dependent, to a very substantial degree, upon the proper functioning of its computer systems, a failure of its systems to be Year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company. For example, a failure of this kind could lead to incomplete or inaccurate accounting or recording of trades in securities or result in the generation of erroneous results or give rise to uncertainty about the Company's exposure to trading risks and its need for liquidity. If not remedied, potential risks include business interruption or shutdown, financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm and legal liability.

In addition, the Company depends primarily upon the proper functioning of third-party computer and non-information technology systems. These parties include trading counterparties; financial intermediaries such as stock exchanges, depositories, clearing agencies, clearing houses and commercial banks; subcontractors such as third-party administrators; and vendors such as providers of telecommunication services, quotation equipment and other utilities. If the third parties with whom the Company interacts have Year 2000 problems that are not remedied, the following problems could result: (i) in the case of subcontractors, in disruption of critical services such as administration, valuation and record keeping services for its mutual funds; (ii) in the case of vendors, in disruption of important services upon which the Company depends, such as telecommunications and electrical power; (iii) in the case of third-party data providers, in the receipt of inaccurate or out-of-date information that would impair the Company's ability to perform critical data functions, such as pricing its securities or other assets; (iv) in the case of financial intermediaries such as exchanges and clearing agents, in failed trade settlements, an inability to trade in certain markets and disruption of funding flows; (v) in the case of banks and other financial institutions, in the disruption of capital flows potentially resulting in liquidity stress; and (vi) in the case of counterparties and customers, in financial and accounting difficulties for those parties that expose the Company to increased credit risk and lost business. Disruption or suspension of activity in the world's financial markets is also possible. In addition, uncertainty about the success of remediation efforts generally may cause many market participants to reduce the level of their market activities temporarily as they assess the effectiveness of these efforts during a "phase-in" period beginning in late 1999. This in turn could result in a general reduction in trading and other market activities (and lost revenues). Management cannot predict the impact that such reduction would have on the Company's business.

In order to ensure that the Company will continue to operate successfully and be able to meet its fiduciary obligations to its clients after December 31, 1999, the Company has taken numerous steps toward becoming Year 2000 compliant in both its information technology and non-information technology systems. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Year 2000 Program." The Company currently estimates that the total cost of implementing its Year 2000 program will not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, liquidity or capital resources. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's Year 2000 program will be effective or that the Company's estimates about the cost of completing its program will be accurate. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has been reviewed by federal or state regulators for Year 2000 compliance.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHARE PRICE FROM DISPARATE VOTING RIGHTS

The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders in general, and (ii) holders of Class A Common Stock are not eligible to vote on matters relating exclusively to Class B Common Stock and vice versa. The differential in the voting rights and the ability of the Company to issue

16

additional Class B Common Stock could adversely affect the value of the Class A Common Stock to the extent that investors, or any potential future purchaser of the Company, view the superior voting rights of the Class B Common Stock to have value.

ABSENCE OF A PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; VOLATILITY OF PRICE; NO ASSURANCE THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET WILL DEVELOP OR BE SUSTAINED

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained. The initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock will be determined through negotiation among the Company and the Underwriters (other than Gabelli & Company) and may not be indicative of the market price for the Class A Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriting." The market price for the Class A Common Stock may be highly volatile. The Company believes that factors such as announcements by the Company, or by its competitors, of quarterly variances in financial results could cause the market price of the Class A Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the stock market may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations, which often are unrelated to the operating performance of specific companies. Market fluctuations or perceptions regarding the Company's industry, as well as general economic or political conditions, may adversely affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock.

NO SPECIFIC USE OF PROCEEDS

The Company has not designated any specific use for the net proceeds from the sale by the Company of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. The Company intends to use the net proceeds primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the expansion of its business through new investment product offerings, enhanced distribution, upgraded management information systems and strategic acquisitions as opportunities arise. Accordingly, management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the Offering. At present, the Company has no plans, agreements or understandings relating to any specific acquisitions or alliances. Although part of the Company's business strategy is to pursue acquisitions and alliances that will broaden its product offerings and add new sources of distribution, there can be no assurance that the Company will find strategic acquisition opportunities at favorable prices, that the Company will have sufficient capital resources to finance its acquisition strategy, or that any such acquisitions, if consummated, will be successfully integrated with the Company's business operations. See "Use of Proceeds."

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

Purchasers of Class A Common Stock in the Offering will experience immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $13.83 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.50 per share. To the extent that any options to be granted with respect to Class A Common Stock are exercised after the vesting period expires, purchasers of Class A Common Stock will experience additional dilution. See "Dilution" and "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan."

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION

Immediately after consummation of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 6,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 24,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock. Subject to the restrictions described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and applicable law and the lock-up agreement with Gabelli Partners described below, Gabelli Partners could sell any or all of the shares of Class B Common Stock owned by it from time to time for any reason. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Gabelli Partners has agreed with the Company that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class B Common Stock for a period of three years after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company. In addition, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus (i) the Company and Gabelli Partners have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, except for the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering and options granted in the ordinary course of business under the Plan and (ii) shareholders of

17

Gabelli Partners who are also officers and directors of the Company have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners, except in transactions between existing shareholders of Gabelli Partners and through gifts, in each case, to persons who agree to be bound by similar restrictions. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or distributions of Class B Common Stock by Gabelli Partners will have on the market price of the Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, or the perception that such sales or distributions could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for the Class A Common Stock.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Certain statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," and elsewhere in this Prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, no assurance can be given as to future results, levels of activity or achievements, and neither the Company nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of such statements.

18

THE COMPANY

The Company is a holding company that was newly formed in connection with the Offering and, accordingly, has not previously engaged in any business operations, acquired any assets or incurred any liabilities other than in connection with the Offering. Prior to the closing of the Offering, the Company will issue 24 million shares of its Class B Common Stock, representing all of its then issued and outstanding shares of common stock, to GFI for substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities of GFI relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory, underwriting and brokerage business, at which time GFI will be renamed "Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc." As a result, Gabelli Partners, which is approximately two-thirds owned by Mr. Gabelli with the balance owned by the Company's professional staff and other individuals, will become the sole shareholder of the Company prior to the consummation of the Offering. At such time, one of Gabelli Partners' most significant assets will be its investment in the Company.

Immediately following the Offering, the Company will conduct its business operations through its subsidiaries. After the consummation of the Offering, Gabelli Partners will own all of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, which will represent approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Common Stock (97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company will continue to be controlled by Mr. Gabelli. As part of the Formation Transactions, the Company will have entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Gabelli and a Management Services Agreement with Gabelli Partners. See "Management -- Employment Agreements" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- The Formation Transactions."

19

The following sets forth a simplified organizational chart for the Company after consummation of the Offering:

[GABELLI & COMPANY ORGANIZATIONAL CHART]


* The 23.4% ownership interest of GSI not held by the Company is owned by the Company's professional staff (7.2%) and by unaffiliated stockholders (16.2%).

** The Company owns 51.1% of the Class B common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc., which stock represents approximately 49.9% of the total voting power and 40.9% of the economic interest. The remaining 48.9% of the Class B common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. is owned by members of senior management of the Company and by their affiliates. As a result, the Company effectively has voting control of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. All of the Class A common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc., representing a 20% economic interest, is owned by Westwood Management Corporation ("Westwood Management"). See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Transactions with Mr. Gabelli and Affiliates." Gabelli Advisers, Inc. is the adviser and Westwood Management is the subadviser to five of the six portfolios of the Gabelli Westwood family of funds.

*** The 19.9% ownership interest of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC not held by the Company is owned by members of senior management of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC.

The Company was incorporated in April 1998 under the laws of the state of New York. The Company's principal executive offices are located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580 and the telephone number is (914) 921-3700.

20

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering at an assumed public offering price of $17.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus) after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and the estimated expenses of the Offering, are expected to be approximately $97 million ($112 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the expansion of its business through new investment product offerings, enhanced distribution and marketing of existing investment products, upgraded management information systems and strategic acquisitions as opportunities arise. At present, the Company has no plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any specific acquisitions or alliances. The Company currently does not intend to use any of the net proceeds from the Offering to pay debt service on the $50 million payable to Mr. Gabelli under the terms of his Employment Agreement.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors. The Company currently intends to retain earnings to finance its growth and operations and does not anticipate paying dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination as to the payment of dividends, including the level of dividends, will depend on, among other things, general economic and business conditions, the strategic plans of the Company, the Company's financial results and condition, contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company or its subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board of Directors of the Company may consider to be relevant. The Company is a holding company, and as such, its ability to pay dividends is subject to the ability of the subsidiaries of the Company to provide cash to the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

21

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of the Common Stock at September 30, 1998 after giving effect to the Formation Transactions, but before adjustment for the Offering, was $13.1 million, or $0.54 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of the 6,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering (at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus)), and applying the estimated net proceeds therefrom as set forth in "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at September 30, 1998 would have been $110.1 million, or $3.67 per share, calculated as follows:

Assumed initial public offering price per share (1).................   $17.50
                                                                       ------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the
     Offering...............................................  $ 0.54
                                                              ------
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
     attributable to the Offering...........................    3.13
                                                              ------
As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
  Offering..........................................................     3.67
                                                                       ------
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new
  investors (2)(3)..................................................   $13.83
                                                                       ======


(1) Assumed initial public offering price before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the Offering to be paid by the Company.

(2) Dilution is determined by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A Common Stock after the Offering from the assumed initial Class A public offering price paid by purchasers in the Offering for a share of Class A Common Stock.

(3) Assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company expects that there will be options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock (net of the discount payable to the Underwriters). See "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan." If any of these options were exercised, there would be further dilution to purchasers of Class A Common Stock in the Offering.

Assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 1998 would be $124.9 million or $4.04 per share, the immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of shares owned by existing shareholders would be $3.50 per share, and the immediate dilution to purchasers of shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering would be $13.46 per share.

The following table summarizes at September 30, 1998, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering at an assumed initial public offering of $17.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus), (i) the number and percentage of shares of Common Stock issued by the Company, (ii) the total cash consideration paid for the Common Stock, and (iii) the average price per share of Common Stock paid by Gabelli Partners prior to the Offering and by the public shareholders of Class A Common Stock in the Offering:

                                 SHARES OF COMMON
                                   STOCK OWNED             TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                              ----------------------   ---------------------------      PRICE
                               NUMBER     PERCENTAGE       AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE    PER SHARE
                               ------     ----------       ------       ----------    ---------
Gabelli Partners............  24,000,000        80%     $45,000,000(1)        30%    $      1.88(1)
Public Shareholders.........  6,000,000         20      105,000,000           70           17.50
                              ---------     ------      -----------       ------
          Total.............  30,000,000       100%     $150,000,000         100%
                              =========     ======      ===========       ======


(1) Represents the net assets to be transferred to the Company by Gabelli Partners in exchange for the 24 million shares of Class B Common Stock. Immediately preceding the Offering the Company will enter into an Employment Agreement (see "Management -- Employment Agreements") which, among other things, provides for a one time lump sum payment to Mr. Gabelli of $50 million on January 2, 2002. This payment, net of tax benefit, is expected to be charged to the Company's earnings in the first quarter of 1999. If it were treated as a distribution instead of being charged to the Company's earnings, this payment would reduce Mr. Gabelli's effective consideration to zero.

The calculations in the tables set forth above do not reflect an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan of the Company, including 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding options that will be granted at the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock (net of the discount payable to the Underwriters). See "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan."

22

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of September 30, 1998 (i) on an historical basis and (ii) as adjusted for the Formation Transactions, the Offering and the Company's obligation under the Employment Agreement to pay Mr. Gabelli $50 million on January 2, 2002. See "Management -- Employment Agreements." This payment, net of tax benefit, is expected to be charged to the Company's earnings in the first quarter of 1999. This table should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI and related notes and other financial and operating data appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                                                SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                GFI         COMPANY
                                                               ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------    -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
Debt:
  Payable to related party..................................  $     --     $ 50,000
  Notes payable.............................................     5,876           --
  Payable to Sub-S shareholders.............................    14,642           --
  Capital lease obligation..................................     3,621        3,621
                                                              --------     --------
     Total debt.............................................    24,139       53,621
Minority Interest...........................................    11,754       11,754
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; authorized 10,000,000
     shares; none issued....................................        --           --
  Common Stock $.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 Shares;
     issued and outstanding 196,537 shares..................         2           --
  Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value; authorized
     100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,000,000
     shares, as adjusted....................................        --            6
  Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value; authorized
     100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 24,000,000
     shares, as adjusted....................................        --           24
  Additional paid-in capital................................    21,471      120,166
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)...................   169,252       (8,366)
  Notes receivable..........................................   (10,623)          --
                                                              --------     --------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................   180,102      111,830
                                                              --------     --------
          Total capitalization..............................  $215,995     $177,205
                                                              ========     ========

23

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical financial data presented below has been derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this Prospectus. All financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, which has not been audited, has been derived from the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary to present fairly such information for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1998.

The unaudited pro forma income statement data gives effect to (i) the Formation Transactions, including the reduction in net gain from investments, the reduction in interest and dividend income, the lower management fee and the increase in interest expense as if the Employment Agreement (see Note Q to the Consolidated Financial Statements) had been in effect for the year ended December 31, 1997 and nine months ended September 30, 1998, and (ii) the additional income taxes which would have been recorded if GFI had been a "C" corporation instead of an "S" corporation based on tax laws in effect for the respective periods. Under the terms of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli, who indirectly beneficially owns shares of Common Stock having 97.6% of the combined voting power of the Company, will receive, in addition to his portfolio management compensation and account executive fees, an annual incentive-based management fee of 10% of the aggregate pre-tax profits of the Company (before consideration of the management fee) and a deferred payment of $50 million on January 2, 2002, with interest payable quarterly on such deferred amount at an annual rate of 6%. The $50 million deferred payment is expected to be charged to the Company's earnings upon the effective date of the Employment Agreement, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 1999. This payment, net of tax benefit, will reduce earnings by $1.01 per share (based on the expected weighted average number of shares outstanding in the first quarter of 1999 of 30 million). The $50 million payment is not reflected in the pro forma income statement data because it is a one-time event directly related to the Offering; however, it is reflected, net of tax benefit, in pro forma stockholders' equity.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management of the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro forma financial data does not purport to represent the results of operations or the financial position of the Company which actually would have occurred had the Formation Transactions been consummated on the aforesaid dates, or project the results of operations or the financial position of the Company for any future date or period. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- The Formation Transactions" and the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income and Financial Condition of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

24

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA DATA

                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  ---------------------------------------------------   ------------------
                                    1993       1994       1995      1996       1997     1997(1)   1998(1)
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Revenues:
  Investment advisory and
    incentive fees..............  $ 61,110   $ 71,759   $ 77,302   $84,244   $ 89,684   $64,107   $ 86,302
  Commission revenue............     5,555      5,003      5,706     6,667      7,496     5,613      6,197
  Distribution fees and other
    income......................     3,716      4,683      6,302     7,257      8,096     5,100      9,810
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total revenues..............    70,381     81,445     89,310    98,168    105,276    74,820    102,309
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Expenses:
  Compensation costs............    31,750     36,235     39,384    41,814     45,260    33,138     41,702
  Management fee................     3,618      6,904      9,423    10,192     10,580     7,425      8,533
  Other operating expenses......    12,592     16,435     18,709    19,274     18,690    13,943     18,072
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total expenses..............    47,960     59,574     67,516    71,280     74,530    54,506     68,307
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Operating income................    22,421     21,871     21,794    26,888     30,746    20,314     34,002
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Other income:
  Net gain (loss) from
    investments.................     9,199     (1,724)    10,105     8,783      7,888     6,803     (3,910)
  Gain on sale of PCS licenses,
    net.........................        --         --         --        --         --        --     17,430
  Interest and dividend
    income......................     2,596      4,692      5,853     5,406      4,634     3,168      3,252
  Interest expense..............      (337)      (868)      (679)     (879)    (1,876)   (1,183)    (1,355)
  Other.........................       195        119        147       331       (109)      (52)        79
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
    Total other income, net.....    11,653      2,219     15,426    13,641     10,537     8,736     15,496
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest.............    34,074     24,090     37,220    40,529     41,283    29,050     49,498
  Income taxes..................    12,831      9,198      7,769     7,631      3,077     2,369      3,004
  Minority interest.............     1,750      2,060      2,555     2,727      1,529       759      1,043
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
Net income......................  $ 19,493   $ 12,832   $ 26,896   $30,171   $ 36,677   $25,922   $ 45,451
                                  ========   ========   ========   =======   ========   =======   ========

                                                       DECEMBER 31,                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                     1993        1994       1995       1996       1997     1997(1)    1998(1)
                                   --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
  Total assets...................  $126,161(1) $141,887   $155,541   $182,524   $232,736   $231,076   $241,487
  Total liabilities and minority
    interest.....................    30,612(1)   33,983     39,470     43,991     69,117     74,051     61,385
                                   --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total stockholders' equity.....  $ 95,549(1) $107,904   $116,071   $138,533   $163,619   $157,025   $180,102
                                   ========    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
  Assets under management (at
    period end, in millions)(2):
      Mutual Funds...............  $  3,684    $  3,604   $  4,116   $  4,209   $  6,146   $  5,892   $  7,034
      Separate Accounts..........     4,460       4,276      5,051      5,200      7,013      6,760      6,720
      Partnerships...............        67         103        112        116        138        134        147
                                   --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
         Total...................  $  8,211    $  7,983   $  9,279   $  9,525   $ 13,297   $ 12,786   $ 13,901
                                   ========    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

25

                                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1997            1998
                                                              ------------    -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                     PER SHARE DATA)
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA(1)(3)(4)

  Revenues:
    Investment advisory and incentive fees..................    $ 89,684         $ 86,302
    Commission revenue......................................       7,496            6,197
    Distribution fees and other income......................       8,096            9,810
                                                                --------         --------
         Total revenues.....................................     105,276          102,309
  Expenses:
    Compensation costs......................................      45,260           41,702
    Management fee..........................................       4,424            4,216
    Other operating expenses................................      16,901           17,541
                                                                --------         --------
         Total expenses.....................................      66,585           63,459
    Operating income........................................      38,691           38,850
                                                                --------         --------
  Other Income:
    Net gain from investments...............................       3,004              756
    Interest and dividend income............................       1,115              605
    Interest expense........................................      (3,000)          (2,271)
                                                                --------         --------
         Total other income, net............................       1,119             (910)
                                                                --------         --------
  Income before income taxes and minority interest..........      39,810           37,940
    Income taxes............................................      15,735           15,047
    Minority interest.......................................       1,677            1,228
                                                                --------         --------
  Net income................................................    $ 22,398         $ 21,665
                                                                ========         ========
Pro forma net income per share:
  Basic and diluted.........................................    $   0.75         $   0.72
                                                                ========         ========
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic and diluted.........................................      30,000           30,000
                                                                ========         ========


(1) Unaudited.

(2) Effective April 14, 1997, Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC was restructured such that the Company's ownership increased from 50% to 80.1%, thereby causing Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC to become a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, for periods after April 14, 1997, the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC are included in the Company's assets under management. If the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC had been included for all periods presented, assets under management for 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 would have been approximately $11.1 billion, $9.0 billion, $10.8 billion and $11.1 billion, respectively.

(3) The unaudited pro forma data presented above gives effect to the Formation Transactions and the additional income taxes payable if GFI had been a "C" corporation instead of an "S" corporation, but does not give effect to the use of the proceeds received from the Offering. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4) The disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 require the use of an option valuation model to compute a fair value of employee stock options. The valuation model used by the Company was not developed for use in valuing employee stock options and the Company's employee stock option characteristics vary significantly from those of traded options. As a result, changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. The pro forma compensation expense, net of tax benefit, related to the Stock Award and Incentive Plan for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 is $1,600,000 and $1,200,000, respectively, based on 1,200,000 options outstanding on the Offering Date.

26

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI include the accounts of the following majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries of the Company: Funds Adviser (100%-owned), GAMCO (100%-owned), GSI (76.6%-owned), Gabelli & Company (76.6%-owned), Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc. (100%-owned), Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC (80.1%-owned) and Gabelli Advisers, Inc. (40.9%-owned, combined with the voting interests of affiliated parties, represents voting control).

Prior to the Offering, GFI will transfer substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory, underwriting and brokerage business to Gabelli Asset Management Inc. in exchange for 24 million shares of Class B Common Stock. At that time, GFI will be renamed "Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc." After the Offering, the Company's financial statements will reflect the financial condition and results of operations of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. and the historical results of GFI will be shown as predecessor company financial statements.

OVERVIEW

The Company's revenues are largely based on the level of assets under management in its businesses as well as the level of fees associated with its various investment products. Growth in revenues generally depends on good investment performance, which increases assets under management by increasing the value of existing assets under management, contributing to higher investment and lower redemption rates and facilitating the ability to attract additional investors while maintaining current fee levels. Growth in assets under management is also dependent on being able to access various distribution channels, which is usually based on several factors, including performance and service. Historically, the Company depended primarily on direct distribution of its products and services, but since 1995 has increasingly participated in Third-Party Distribution Programs, particularly NTF Programs. Fluctuations in financial markets also have a substantial effect on assets under management and results of operations, although the Company's extensive use of variable compensation programs tends to moderate the effects of fluctuations in revenues. The Company's largest source of revenues is investment advisory fees which are based on the amount of assets under management in its Mutual Funds and Separate Accounts businesses. Advisory fees from the Mutual Funds are computed daily or weekly, while advisory fees from the Separate Accounts are generally computed quarterly based on account values as of the end of the preceding quarter. These revenues vary depending upon the level of sales compared with redemptions, financial market conditions and the fee structure for assets under management. Revenues derived from the equity oriented portfolios generally have higher management fee rates than fixed income portfolios.

Commission revenues consist of brokerage commissions derived from securities transactions executed on an agency basis on behalf of mutual funds, institutional and high net worth clients as well as investment banking revenue, which consists of underwriting profits, selling concessions and management fees associated with underwriting activities.

Distribution fees and other income primarily include distribution fees payable in accordance with Rule 12b-1 ("12b-1") of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"), along with sales charges and underwriting fees associated with the sale of the Mutual Funds plus other revenues. Distribution fees fluctuate based on the level of assets under management and the amount and type of Mutual Funds sold directly by the Company and through various distribution channels. During 1997, the 12b-1 plans for 15 of the open-end Mutual Funds were restructured as compensation plans with annual fees set at 25 basis points of average assets under management. Previously, these plans were structured to only reimburse the Company for actual distribution expenses incurred, up to 25 basis points of average assets under management.

Compensation costs include variable and fixed compensation and related expenses paid to the officers, portfolio managers, sales, trading, research and all other staff members of the Company.

27

On an historical basis, the Company has paid to Mr. Gabelli a management fee equal to 20% of the pre-tax profits of each of the Company's operating divisions, before consideration of the management fee. Immediately preceding the consummation of the Offering, the Company and Mr. Gabelli will enter into an Employment Agreement (the "Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli will receive, in addition to his portfolio management compensation and account executive fees, an incentive-based management fee of 10% of the aggregate pre-tax profits of the Company as computed for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles before consideration of this fee so long as he is an executive of the Company and devoting the substantial majority of his working time to its business. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli will also receive a deferred payment of $50 million on January 2, 2002, plus interest payable quarterly at an annual rate of 6%. See "Management -- Employment Agreements." As a result of the Employment Agreement, the Company expects to incur a non-recurring charge of $50 million, before a tax benefit of approximately $20 million, in the first quarter of 1999.

Other operating expenses include product distribution and promotion costs, clearing charges and fees for GFI's brokerage operation, rental of office space and electronic data equipment and services, insurance, charitable contributions and other general and administrative operating costs.

Interest and dividend income net, as well as net gain from investments (which includes both realized and unrealized gains) is derived from proprietary investments of GFI's capital in various public and private investments.

Net gain from investments is derived primarily from the assets to be distributed to Gabelli Partners and also includes the results of GFI's hedging activities. As part of an overall hedge of the risks associated with GFI's proprietary investment portfolio, GFI entered into transactions in domestic equity index contracts. These financial instruments represent future commitments to sell an underlying index for specified amounts at specified future dates. In connection with the Formation Transactions, Gabelli Partners will retain most of the proprietary investment portfolio (which includes GFI's hedging activities).

In connection with the completion of the Offering, the Company will become taxable as a "C" corporation for federal and state income tax purposes and will pay taxes at an effective rate considerably higher than when GFI and certain of its subsidiaries were treated as Subchapter "S" corporations.

Minority interest represents the share of net income attributable to the minority stockholders, as reported on a separate company basis, of GFI's consolidated majority-owned subsidiaries.

OPERATING RESULTS FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AS COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

Total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were $102.3 million, an increase of $27.5 million, or 37%, compared to $74.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Investment advisory and incentive fees, comprising 84% of total revenues, increased $22.2 million, or 35%, to $86.3 million, as GFI experienced strong growth in the level of average assets under management in both its Mutual Funds and Separate Accounts businesses. Total average assets under management, which is the basis for investment advisory and incentive fees, were $14.8 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, an increase of $3.7 billion, or 33%, compared to average assets under management of $11.1 billion in the same period a year earlier. Total assets under management at September 30, 1998 were $13.9 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion from assets under management of $12.8 billion at September 30, 1997. Assets under management in Mutual Funds were $7.0 billion at September 30, 1998, an increase of approximately $1.1 billion, or 19%, from September 30, 1997. This increase represents approximately $1.2 billion in net cash inflows offset by $56 million from market-related depreciation. Assets under management in Separate Accounts were $6.7 billion at September 30, 1998 and $6.8 billion at September 30, 1997. Growth in revenues was greater than growth in assets due to a greater weighting of assets to higher fee equity portfolios.

Commission revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were $6.2 million, an increase of $0.6 million, or 10%, from commission revenues of $5.6 million in the same period a year earlier. The increase principally resulted from increased agency trading activity for accounts managed by affiliated companies.

28

Commission revenues derived from transactions on behalf of the Mutual Funds and Separate Accounts clients totaled $4.9 million, or approximately 79% of total commission revenues for the first nine months of 1998.

Distribution fees and other income increased more than 92% to $9.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $5.1 million in the first nine months of 1997. Increased 12b-1 fees, resulting from the growth in assets under management and restructuring of the Mutual Funds' 12b-1 plans as compensation plans, accounted for $4.1 million, or 88%, of the total increase in distribution fees and other income during the first nine months of 1998 as compared to the same period a year earlier.

Total expenses for the first nine months of 1998 were $68.3 million, an increase of $13.8 million, or 25%, from $54.5 million in the comparable period of 1997. Total expenses as a percentage of total revenues declined to 67% from 73% as fixed expenses were spread over a larger revenue base. Compensation costs, which are largely variable in nature and increase or decrease as revenues grow or decline, rose approximately $8.6 million, or 26%, to $41.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $33.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Management fee expense, which is totally variable and increases or decreases as operating profits grow or decline, was $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, an increase of $1.1 million, or 15%, from $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Other operating expenses, which include general operating expenses, as well as marketing, promotion and distribution costs, were $18.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, an increase of approximately $4.2 million, or 30%, from $13.9 million for the comparable period in 1997. Mutual fund administration and distribution expenses accounted for more than $3.7 million, or 90%, of this increase and are directly related to GFI's growth of assets under management.

Net gain from investments, which is derived from GFI's proprietary investment portfolio, was approximately $13.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 compared to a net gain of $6.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. This increase reflects a net gain of approximately $17.4 million from the sale of certain Personal Communications Services ("PCS") licenses as well as lower losses from hedging activities, which losses declined to $0.6 million in 1998 from a loss of $7.6 million in 1997. These gains were partially reduced by market related losses from certain other public and private investments. Interest and dividend income, net of interest expense, declined to $1.9 million for the first nine months of 1998 compared to $2.0 million in the same 1997 period. In connection with the Formation Transactions, Gabelli Partners will retain most of the proprietary investment portfolio (which includes GFI's remaining PCS licenses and hedging activities). The net gain
(loss) from the proprietary investment portfolio to be retained by Gabelli Partners was ($4.7) million and $4.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Income taxes increased to $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 in line with the increase in income before income taxes and minority interest.

Minority interest increased to $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 up from $0.8 million in the comparable 1997 period. This increase is reflective of additional income attributable to the minority interests of GFI's 76.6%-owned subsidiary, GSI, and GFI's 40.9% economic interest in Gabelli Advisers, Inc.

OPERATING RESULTS FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AS COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996

Total revenues for GFI in 1997 increased to $105.3 million compared to $98.2 million in 1996, an increase of approximately $7.1 million or 7%. The largest component of revenues, investment advisory and incentive fees, increased $5.4 million, or 6%, to $89.7 million, as total assets under management increased by $3.8 billion or 40% to $13.3 billion from $9.5 billion at the end of 1996. The improvements in revenues occurred as assets under management in the Mutual Funds for 1997 increased approximately $1.9 billion, or 46% to $6.1 billion at December 31, 1997 from $4.2 billion on December 31, 1996. In addition, assets under management in the Separate Accounts grew approximately 35% to $7.0 billion at December 31, 1997 from $5.2 billion at the end of the prior year. Approximately 39% of the increase in total assets under management for 1997 and 30% of the increase in investment advisory and incentive fees was due to Gabelli Fixed Income,

29

LLC becoming a consolidated subsidiary on April 14, 1997 when GFI increased its ownership interest from 50% to 80.1%. The remaining 61% of the increase in total assets under management was primarily the result of investment performance of the equity portfolios throughout the year and net sales of the Mutual Funds from NTF Programs in the second half of the year. Growth in assets was substantially greater than growth in revenues, due to the consolidation of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC which charges relatively lower fees, the weighting of net sales toward the end of the year and increasingly strong investment performance in the latter part of the year.

As a result of increased agency trading activity for institutional clients, including accounts managed by affiliated companies, commission revenues in 1997 increased 12% to $7.5 million from $6.7 million in 1996. Commissions from the Mutual Funds and the Separate Account clients totaled $6.1 million, or approximately 81% of total commission revenues in 1997.

Distribution fees and other income for 1997 increased approximately 12% to $8.1 million from $7.3 million in 1996. This was the result of both increased assets under management and the restructuring of the Mutual Funds' 12b-1 plans as compensation plans.

Total expenses for 1997 increased to $74.5 million, from $71.3 million in 1996, an increase of $3.2 million, or approximately 4%. Approximately half of this increase was associated with GFI's acquisition of a controlling interest in Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC in April 1997 and the inclusion of its expenses in GFI's 1997 results. Compensation costs rose to $45.3 million in 1997 from $41.8 million in 1996, an increase of approximately 8%. Management fee expense rose in line with the increase in pre-tax profits to $10.6 million in 1997 from $10.2 million in 1996. Other operating expenses were $18.7 million in 1997 compared to $19.3 million in 1996, a decline of approximately 3%. This decline in other operating expenses was generally due to lower mutual fund distribution costs.

Net gain from investments, which is derived from GFI's proprietary investment portfolio, was approximately $7.9 million in 1997, compared to $8.8 million for 1996, a decline of approximately $0.9 million. This decline was principally due to higher costs associated with hedging activities which in 1997 resulted in hedging losses of $8.1 million compared to hedging losses of $3.7 million in 1996. Interest and dividend income, net of interest expense, decreased by approximately $1.7 million in 1997 to $2.8 million compared with $4.5 million in 1996. This decrease was primarily a result of GFI's change in its mix of investments from publicly-traded securities and mutual funds which paid interest and dividends to certain private investments which did not provide a current return. In connection with the Formation Transactions, Gabelli Partners will retain most of the proprietary investment portfolio (which includes GFI's hedging activities). The net gain from the proprietary investment portfolio to be retained by Gabelli Partners was $4.9 million and $7.6 million for 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Income taxes decreased to $3.1 million in 1997 from $7.6 million in 1996. This was primarily a result of GAMCO's election of Subchapter "S" corporate status effective January 1, 1997.

Minority interest declined in 1997 by $1.2 million from $2.7 million in 1996 as a result of GAMCO becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of GFI on January 1, 1997. Minority interest of $1.5 million in 1997 represents income attributable to the minority interests of GFI's then 76.1%-owned subsidiary, GSI, GFI's 80.1%-owned subsidiary, Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, and GFI's then 51.1% economic interest in Gabelli Advisers, LLC (now Gabelli Advisers, Inc.).

OPERATING RESULTS FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AS COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995

Total revenues for GFI increased to $98.2 million in 1996 from $89.3 million in 1995, an increase of approximately $8.9 million or approximately 10%. Investment advisory and incentive fees accounted for the largest portion of this growth, increasing by $6.9 million or approximately 9% to $84.2 million in 1996 as overall assets under management rose to $9.5 billion in 1996 from $9.3 billion in the prior year. For 1996, assets under management in the Mutual Funds increased to $4.2 billion at December 31, 1996 from $4.1 billion at the end of 1995. Assets under management in the Separate Accounts were $5.2 billion compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 1995.

30

As a result of increased agency trading activity for institutional clients, including accounts managed by affiliated companies, commission revenues increased to $6.7 million in 1996 from $5.7 million in 1995, an increase of approximately 17%. Commissions from the Mutual Funds and the Separate Accounts totaled $4.8 million in 1996, or approximately 72% of total commission revenues.

Distribution fees and other income increased to $7.3 million in 1996 from $6.3 million in 1995, an increase of approximately 15%, reflecting GFI's increased efforts to distribute its Mutual Funds. For 1996 and 1995, distribution revenues were closely tied to distribution expenses, as the 12b-1 plans for the open-end Mutual Funds were then structured to reimburse GFI for distribution expenditures incurred on behalf of such funds, subject to a limitation of 25 basis points of average fund net assets for those funds with 12b-1 plans.

Total expenses in 1996 increased to $71.3 million, from $67.5 million in 1995, an increase of $3.8 million, or approximately 6%, primarily as a result of increased compensation costs and costs associated with the distribution of the Mutual Funds. Compensation costs, a significant portion of which are variable in nature, rose approximately 6% from $39.4 million in 1995 to $41.8 million in 1996. Other operating expenses increased approximately $0.6 million or 3% to $19.3 million in 1996 from $18.7 million in 1995.

Net gain from investments, which is derived from GFI's proprietary investment portfolio, was approximately $8.8 million in 1996 compared to $10.1 million in 1995, a decline of approximately $1.3 million. This decline was attributable to lower investment and market related gains from GFI's investments including losses from hedging activities of $3.7 million. Interest and dividend income, net of interest expense, decreased to $4.5 million in 1996 from $5.2 million in 1995, a decrease of approximately 13%. This was primarily a result of the use of capital for certain private investments in 1996 which did not provide a current return. In connection with the Formation Transactions, Gabelli Partners will retain most of the proprietary investment portfolio (which includes GFI's hedging activities). The net gain from the proprietary investment portfolio to be retained by Gabelli Partners was $7.6 million and $6.9 million in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Higher net income reported on a separate company basis by both GFI's then 79.1%-owned subsidiary, GAMCO, and then 75.3%-owned subsidiary, GSI, resulted in an increase in income attributable to the minority interests in GFI's consolidated subsidiaries.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's principal assets consist of cash, short-term investments, securities held for investment purposes and investments in partnerships in which the Company is either a general or limited partner. Short-term investments are comprised primarily of United States treasury securities with maturities of less than one year and money market funds managed by the Company. Although investments in investment partnerships are for the most part illiquid, the underlying investments of such partnerships are for the most part liquid and the valuations of the investment partnerships reflect that underlying liquidity.

The Company has historically met its cash requirements through cash generated by its operating activities. Based upon the Company's current level of operations and anticipated growth in net revenues and net income as a result of implementing its business strategy, the Company expects that cash flows from its operating activities will be sufficient to enable the Company to finance its working capital needs for the foreseeable future. The Company has no material commitments for capital expenditures.

Gabelli & Company is registered with the Commission as a broker-dealer and is a member of the NASD. As such, it is subject to the minimum net capital requirements promulgated by the Commission. Gabelli & Company's net capital has historically exceeded these minimum requirements. Gabelli & Company computes its net capital under the alternative method permitted by the Commission, which requires that minimum net capital be $250,000. As of September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996, Gabelli & Company had net capital, as defined, of approximately $12.3 million, $6.6 million and $8.1 million, respectively, exceeding the regulatory requirement by approximately $12.1 million, $6.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively. Regulatory net capital requirements increase when Gabelli & Company is involved in underwriting activities.

The net proceeds of the Offering to be received by the Company, which are expected to be approximately $97 million ($112 million if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full), will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the expansion of its business through new

31

investment product offerings, enhanced distribution and marketing of existing investment products, upgraded management information systems and strategic acquisitions as opportunities arise. At present, the Company has no plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any specific acquisitions or alliances. The Company currently does not intend to use any of the net proceeds from the Offering to pay debt service on the $50 million payable to Mr. Gabelli under the terms of his Employment Agreement.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130 ("Reporting Comprehensive Income") and SFAS No. 131 ("Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"). These statements, which are effective for periods beginning after December 15, 1997, expand or modify disclosures. In addition, in 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133 ("Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities"). SFAS No. 133 establishes standards for recognizing and fair valuing derivative financial instruments. SFAS No. 133 is required to be adopted for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company does not expect implementation to have any significant effect on the Company's reported financial position or results of operations.

SEASONALITY AND INFLATION

The Company does not believe its operations are subject to significant seasonal fluctuations. The Company does not believe inflation will significantly affect its compensation costs as they are substantially variable in nature. However, the rate of inflation may affect Company expenses such as information technology and occupancy costs. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect the Company's financial position and results of operations by reducing the Company's assets under management, revenues or otherwise. See "Risk Factors -- Potential Adverse Effects on the Company's Performance Prospects from a Decline in the Performance of the Securities Markets."

YEAR 2000 PROGRAM

With the new millennium approaching, many institutions around the world are reviewing and modifying their computer systems to ensure that they are Year 2000 compliant. The issue, in general terms, is that many existing computer systems and microprocessors with date functions (including those in non-information technology equipment and systems) use only two digits to identify a year in the date field with the assumption that the first two digits of the year are always "19". Consequently, on January 1, 2000, computers that are not Year 2000 compliant may read the year as 1900. Systems that calculate, compare or sort using the incorrect date may malfunction.

Because the Company is dependent, to a very substantial degree, upon the proper functioning of its computer systems, a failure of its systems to be Year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company. For example, a failure of this kind could lead to incomplete or inaccurate accounting or recording of trades in securities or result in the generation of erroneous results or give rise to uncertainty about the Company's exposure to trading risks and its need for liquidity. If not remedied, potential risks include business interruption or shutdown, financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm and legal liability.

In addition, the Company depends primarily upon the proper functioning of third-party computer and non-information technology systems. These parties include trading counterparties; financial intermediaries such as stock exchanges, depositories, clearing agencies, clearing houses and commercial banks; subcontractors such as third-party administrators; and vendors such as providers of telecommunication services, quotation equipment and other utilities. If the third parties with whom the Company interacts have Year 2000 problems that are not remedied, the following problems could result: (i) in the case of subcontractors, in disruption of critical services such as administration, valuation and record keeping services for its mutual funds; (ii) in the case of vendors, in disruption of important services upon which the Company depends, such as telecommunications and electrical power; (iii) in the case of third-party data providers, in the receipt of inaccurate or out-of-date information that would impair the Company's ability to perform critical data

32

functions, such as pricing its securities or other assets; (iv) in the case of financial intermediaries such as exchanges and clearing agents, in failed trade settlements, an inability to trade in certain markets and disruption of funding flows; (v) in the case of banks and other financial institutions, in the disruption of capital flows potentially resulting in liquidity stress; and (vi) in the case of counterparties and customers, in financial and accounting difficulties for those parties that expose the Company to increased credit risk and lost business. Disruption or suspension of activity in the world's financial markets is also possible. In addition, uncertainty about the success of remediation efforts generally may cause many market participants to reduce the level of their market activities temporarily as they assess the effectiveness of these efforts during a "phase-in" period beginning in late 1999. This in turn could result in a general reduction in trading and other market activities (and thus, lost revenues). Management cannot predict the impact that such reduction would have on the Company's business.

In order to ensure that the Company will continue to operate successfully and be able to meet its fiduciary obligations to its clients after December 31, 1999, the Company has taken numerous steps toward becoming Year 2000 compliant in respect to both its information technology and non-information technology systems. The Company has established a comprehensive Year 2000 program and already has begun to implement it. To date, the Company has (i) taken inventory of all its technology systems; (ii) performed an analysis of all internal systems, all facilities and communications systems, and all third-party providers' software and hardware products; and (iii) updated its internal system, which is its only in-house developed system, for Year 2000 compliance.

In addition, the Company has identified and contacted 34 counterparties, intermediaries, subcontractors and vendors with whom it has important financial or operational relationships (13 of which the Company has identified as mission critical) and has requested from them assurances that those systems either are already Year 2000 compliant or that they are taking the necessary steps to make such systems Year 2000 compliant. The Company has received both oral and written responses to these requests from all third-party providers and 22 of them (6 of which the Company has identified as mission critical) have advised the Company that their systems are Year 2000 compliant. The remaining third parties have advised the Company that they are in the process of achieving compliance and are currently in the testing phase.

The Company intends to maintain ongoing communications with its third-party providers and continue to monitor their compliance progress. The Company is also currently in the process of testing its own updated internal system to ensure Year 2000 compliance. The Company's subsidiaries which are registered with the Commission as broker-dealers or investment advisers have made certain filings with the Commission and other regulatory agencies regarding their Year 2000 compliance efforts and will be making additional filings in 1999. The Company does not anticipate encountering any technology issue which would impede its ability to become Year 2000 compliant; however, there has been no limitation, contractual or otherwise, on the Company's legal remedies in the event that any of the third parties should fail to remedy any Year 2000 problem relating to their systems.

The Company currently estimates that the total cost of implementing its Year 2000 program will not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, liquidity or capital resources. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's Year 2000 program will be effective or that the Company's estimates about the cost of completing its program will be accurate. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has been reviewed by federal or state regulators for Year 2000 compliance.

33

BUSINESS

The Company is a widely recognized provider of investment advisory and brokerage services to mutual fund, institutional and high net worth investors, primarily in the United States. The Company generally manages assets on a discretionary basis and invests in a variety of U.S. and international securities through various investment styles. At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $16.3 billion of assets under management, 88% of which were invested in equity securities. The Company's assets under management are organized principally in three groups: Mutual Funds, Separate Accounts and Partnerships.

- MUTUAL FUNDS: At December 31, 1998, the Company had $8.2 billion of assets under management in open-end mutual funds and closed-end funds, representing approximately 50% of the Company's total assets under management. The Company currently provides advisory services to (i) the Gabelli family of funds, which consists of 14 open-end mutual funds and three closed-end funds; (ii) The Treasurer's Fund, consisting of three open-end money market funds (the "Treasurer's Funds"); and (iii) the Gabelli Westwood family of funds, consisting of six open-end mutual funds, five of which are managed on a day-to-day basis by an unaffiliated subadviser (collectively, the "Mutual Funds"). The Mutual Funds have a long-term record of achieving high returns, relative to similar investment products. At December 31, 1998, approximately 99% of the assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds having an overall rating from Morningstar, Inc. ("Morningstar") were in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "three stars" or better, with 36% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "five stars" and 38% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "four stars" on an overall basis (i.e., based on three-, five- and ten-year risk adjusted average returns). The Gabelli family of funds was honored as the top performing mutual fund family by Mutual Funds Magazine for 1997. At December 31, 1998, approximately 60% of the Company's assets under management in open-end, no-load equity Mutual Funds had been obtained through direct sales relationships. The Company has further expanded its product distribution by offering its open-end Mutual Funds through Third-Party Distribution Programs, particularly NTF Programs, and has commenced development of additional classes of shares for several of its mutual funds for sale through additional third-party distribution channels on a commission basis.

- SEPARATE ACCOUNTS: At December 31, 1998, the Company had $8.0 billion of assets in approximately 975 separate accounts, representing approximately 49% of the Company's total assets under management. The Company currently provides advisory services to a broad range of investors, including corporate pension and profit sharing plans, foundations, endowments, jointly trusteed plans, municipalities, and high net worth individuals, and also serves as subadviser to certain other third-party investment funds (collectively, the "Separate Accounts"). At December 31, 1998, high net worth accounts (accounts of individuals and related parties in general having a minimum account balance of $1 million) comprised approximately 79% of the number of Separate Accounts and approximately 25% of the assets, with institutional investors comprising the balance. Each Separate Account portfolio is managed to meet the specific needs and objectives of the particular client by utilizing investment strategies and techniques within the Company's areas of expertise. At December 31, 1998, over 95% of the Company's assets in Separate Accounts (excluding subadvisory assets) had been obtained through direct sales relationships.

- PARTNERSHIPS: The Company also provides alternative investments through its majority-owned subsidiary, Gabelli Securities, Inc. ("GSI"). These alternative investment products consist primarily of risk arbitrage and merchant banking limited partnerships and offshore companies (collectively, the "Partnerships"). The Partnerships had $146 million of assets, or approximately 1% of total assets under management, at December 31, 1998.

Investment advisory and incentive fees relating to the Mutual Funds, the Separate Accounts, and the Partnerships generated approximately 84% and 85% of the Company's total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

The Company's subsidiary, Gabelli & Company, Inc. ("Gabelli & Company"), is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the NASD and acts as underwriter and distributor of the open-end Mutual Funds and provides brokerage, trading, underwriting and research services.

34

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $16.3 billion of assets under management, consisting of $8.2 billion in the Mutual Funds, $8.0 billion in the Separate Accounts and $146 million in the Partnerships. The Company's total assets under management grew from $2.1 billion as of December 31, 1987 to $16.3 billion as of December 31, 1998, which represents an average annual growth rate of approximately 20.5% over the corresponding eleven year period. The Company's growth of average assets under management has led to a corresponding increase in operating revenues and pre-tax profitability.

The following table sets forth total assets under management by product type as of the dates shown and the compound annual growth rates ("CAGR").

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

BY PRODUCT TYPE
(Dollars in millions)

                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                1994 TO
                                                             AT DECEMBER 31,                  DECEMBER 31,
                                               --------------------------------------------       1998
                                                1994     1995     1996     1997      1998       CAGR(a)
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------   ------------
EQUITY:
  Mutual Funds..............................   $3,391   $3,875   $3,969   $ 5,313   $ 7,159       20.5%
  Separate Accounts.........................    4,276    5,051    5,200     6,085     7,133       13.7
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
    Total Equity............................    7,667    8,926    9,169    11,398    14,292       16.9
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
FIXED INCOME:
  Money Market Mutual Funds.................      208      236      235       827     1,030       49.2
  Bond Mutual Funds.........................        5        5        5         6         8       12.5
  Separate Accounts.........................       --       --       --       928       824         --
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
    Total Fixed Income......................      213      241      240     1,761     1,862       71.9
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
PARTNERSHIPS:
  Partnerships..............................      103      112      116       138       146        9.1
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
    Total Assets Under Management(b)........   $7,983   $9,279   $9,525   $13,297   $16,300       19.5%
                                               ======   ======   ======   =======   =======       ====
BREAKDOWN OF TOTAL ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT:
  Mutual Funds..............................   $3,604   $4,116   $4,209   $ 6,146   $ 8,197       22.8
  Separate Accounts.........................    4,276    5,051    5,200     7,013     7,957       16.8
  Partnerships..............................      103      112      116       138       146        9.1
                                               ------   ------   ------   -------   -------       ----
    Total Assets Under Management(b)........   $7,983   $9,279   $9,525   $13,297   $16,300       19.5%
                                               ======   ======   ======   =======   =======       ====


(a) Compound annual growth rate.

(b) Effective April 14, 1997, the Company increased its ownership of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC from 50% to 80.1%, thereby causing Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC to become a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, for periods after April 14, 1997, the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC are included in the Company's assets under management. If the assets managed by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC had been included for all periods presented, assets under management would have been $9,004, $10,793 and $11,082 at December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and the CAGR for total assets would have been 16.0%.

35

The Company manages assets in the following wide spectrum of investment products and strategies, many of which are focused on fast-growing areas:

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT PRODUCTS AND STRATEGIES

U.S. EQUITIES:                         U.S. FIXED INCOME:        GLOBAL AND INTERNATIONAL EQUITIES:
All Cap Value                          Corporate                 International Growth
Large Cap Value                        Government                Global Value
Large Cap Growth                       Municipals                Global Telecommunications
Mid Cap Value                          Asset-backed              Global Multimedia
Small Cap Value                        Intermediate              Gold(b)
Small Cap Growth                       Short-term
Micro Cap
Real Estate(a)
                                       U.S. BALANCED:            ALTERNATIVE PRODUCTS:
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES:                Balanced Growth           Risk Arbitrage
U.S. Convertible Securities            Balanced Value            Merchant Banking
Global Convertible Securities                                    Fund of Funds


(a) Invested primarily in publicly-traded real estate investment trusts and managed by Westwood Management.
(b) Invested primarily in publicly-traded equities of U.S. and international gold companies.

The Mutual Funds have a long-term record of achieving high returns compared against similar investment products. From December 31, 1987 through December 31, 1998, the Company's assets under management in Mutual Funds have increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 29%. As of December 31, 1998, two of the Gabelli funds were ranked by Morningstar as "five stars" (its highest rating) and three of the Gabelli funds and two of the Gabelli Westwood funds as "four stars", in each case, on an overall basis (i.e. based on three-, five- and ten-year risk adjusted average returns). At December 31, 1998, approximately 99% of the assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds having an overall rating from Morningstar were in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "three stars" or better, with 36% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "five stars" and 38% of such assets in open-end Mutual Funds ranked "four stars" on an overall basis. The Gabelli family of funds was honored as the top performing mutual fund family by Mutual Funds Magazine for 1997. In addition, Mario J. Gabelli, Chief Investment Officer of the Company, was named as the Domestic Equity Fund Manager of the Year for 1997 by Morningstar. There can be no assurance, however, that these funds will be able to maintain such ratings or that past performance will be indicative of future results.

The Company's long-term strategic goal is to continue to expand its asset management capabilities in order to provide a range of products suitable to meet the diverse requirements of its clients. The Company was originally founded in 1976 as an institutional broker-dealer and entered the separate accounts business in 1977 and the mutual fund business in 1986. In its early years, the Company's investment philosophy was value-oriented. Starting in the mid-1980s, the Company began building upon its core of value-oriented equity investment products by adding new investment strategies designed for clients seeking to invest in growth-oriented equities, convertible securities and fixed income products. Since then, the Company has continued to build its franchise by expanding its investment management capabilities through the addition of industry specific, international, global and real asset oriented product offerings. Throughout its 22-year history, the Company has marketed most of its products under the "Gabelli" brand name.

The Company believes that its growth to date can be largely credited to the following:

- LONG-TERM FUND PERFORMANCE: The Company has a long-term record of achieving relatively high returns for its Mutual Fund and Separate Account clients when compared to similar investment products. The Company believes that its performance record is a competitive advantage and a recognized component of its franchise.

36

- WIDELY RECOGNIZED "GABELLI" BRAND NAME: For much of its history, the Company has advertised in a variety of financial print media, including in publications such as the Wall Street Journal, Money Magazine, Barron's and Investor's Business Daily. The Company believes that the breadth and consistency of its advertising has enhanced investor awareness of its product offerings and of the "Gabelli" brand name.

- DIVERSIFIED PRODUCT OFFERINGS: Since the inception of its investment management activities, the Company has sought to expand the breadth of its product offerings. The Company currently offers a wide spectrum of investment products and strategies, including product offerings in U.S. equities, U.S. fixed income, global and international equities, convertible securities, U.S. balanced and alternative products.

- STRONG INDUSTRY FUNDAMENTALS: According to data compiled by the U.S. Federal Reserve, the investment management industry has grown faster than more traditional segments of the financial services industry, including the banking and insurance industries. The Company believes that demographic trends and the growing role of money managers in the placement of capital compared to the traditional role played by banks and life insurance companies will result in continued growth of the investment management industry.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company intends to grow its franchise by leveraging its competitive asset management strengths, including its long-term performance record, brand name, diverse product offerings and experienced research, client service and investment staff. In order to achieve continued growth in assets under management and profitability, the Company will continue to pursue its business strategy, the key elements of which include:

- BROADENING AND STRENGTHENING THE GABELLI BRAND. The Company believes that the Gabelli brand name is one of the more widely recognized brand names in the U.S. investment management industry. The Company intends to continue to strengthen its brand name identity by, among other things, increasing its marketing and advertising to provide a uniform global image. The Company believes that with its brand name recognition, it has the capacity to create new products and services around the core Gabelli brand to complement its existing product offerings. For example, in 1998, the Company launched the Gabelli Global Opportunity Fund, a global equity fund, and the Gabelli Westwood Mighty Mites(SM) Fund, a micro cap equity fund.

- EXPANDING MUTUAL FUND DISTRIBUTION. The Company intends to continue expanding its distribution network through Third-Party Distribution Programs, particularly NTF Programs. In recent years, the Company has realized significant growth in its mutual fund assets under management through alliances with "mutual fund supermarkets" and other Third-Party Distribution Programs, through which its Mutual Funds are made available to investors. As of December 31, 1998, the Company was participating in 63 Third-Party Distribution Programs, including the Charles Schwab and Fidelity Investments "mutual fund supermarket" programs. In addition, the Company intends to develop a marketing strategy to increase its presence in the 401(k) market for its Mutual Funds. Additionally, the Company expects to soon offer investors the ability to purchase mutual fund shares directly through the Internet. The Company has also entered into various marketing alliances and distribution arrangements with leading national brokerage and investment houses and has commenced development of additional classes of shares for several of its mutual funds for sale through national brokerage and investment houses and other third-party distribution channels on a commission basis.

- INCREASING PENETRATION IN HIGH NET WORTH MARKET. The Company's high net worth business focuses, in general, on serving clients who have established an account relationship of $1 million or more with the Company. According to certain industry estimates, the number of households with over $1 million in investable assets will grow from approximately 2.5 million in 1996 to over 15 million by 2010. With the Company's 22-year history of serving this segment, its long-term performance record and brand name recognition, the Company believes that it is well positioned to capitalize on the growth opportunities in this market.

- INCREASING MARKETING FOR INSTITUTIONAL SEPARATE ACCOUNTS. The institutional Separate Accounts business has been primarily developed through direct marketing channels. Historically, third-party pension consul-

37

tants and financial consultants have not been a major source of new institutional Separate Accounts business for the Company. However, these consultants have significantly increased their presence among institutional investors. As a result, the Company intends both to add marketing personnel to target pension and financial consultants and to expand its efforts through its traditional marketing channels.

- ATTRACTING AND RETAINING EXPERIENCED PROFESSIONALS. Following the Offering, the availability of publicly traded Class A Common Stock will enhance the Company's ability to attract and retain top performing investment professionals. The ability to attract and retain highly experienced investment and other professionals with a long-term commitment to the Company and its clients has been, and will continue to be, a significant factor in its long-term growth. As the Company continues to increase the breadth of its investment management capabilities, it plans to add portfolio managers and other investment personnel in order to foster expansion of its products.

- CAPITALIZING ON ACQUISITIONS AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES. The Company intends to selectively and opportunistically pursue acquisitions and alliances that will broaden its product offerings and add new sources of distribution. The Company believes that it will be better positioned to pursue acquisitions and alliances after the Offering because it will be one of a relatively few publicly-traded investment management firms. At present, the Company has no plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any specific acquisitions or alliances.

MUTUAL FUNDS

The Mutual Funds include 23 open-end Mutual Funds and three closed-end funds which had total assets as of September 30, 1998 of $7.0 billion. The open-end Mutual Funds are available to individuals and institutions primarily on a no-load basis, while the closed-end funds are listed and traded on the NYSE. At September 30, 1998, the open-end funds had total assets of $5.5 billion and the closed-end funds had total assets of $1.5 billion. The assets managed in the closed-end funds represent approximately 21% of the assets in the Mutual Funds and 11% of the total assets under management of the Company at September 30, 1998. The Company's assets under management consist of a broad range of U.S. and international stock, bond and money market mutual funds that meet the varied needs and objectives of its Mutual Fund shareholders. At September 30, 1998, over two-thirds of the Company's assets under management in open-end, no-load equity Mutual Funds had been obtained through direct sales relationships.

The Company, through its affiliates, acts as adviser to all of the Mutual Funds, except with respect to the Gabelli Capital Asset Fund in which the Company acts as a subadviser and Guardian Investment Services Corporation, an unaffiliated company, acts as manager. As subadviser, the Company makes day-to-day investment decisions for the Gabelli Capital Asset Fund.

Funds Adviser, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, acts as the investment adviser for all of the Mutual Funds other than the Gabelli Westwood family of funds and the Treasurer's Funds.

Gabelli Advisers, Inc. acts as investment adviser to the Gabelli Westwood family of funds and has retained Westwood Management to act as subadviser for five of the six portfolios. Westwood Management is a wholly owned subsidiary of Southwest Securities Group, Inc., a publicly held securities brokerage firm. In its capacity as subadviser, Westwood Management makes day-to-day investment decisions and provides the portfolio management services for five of the six current Gabelli Westwood portfolios. The Gabelli Westwood Mighty Mites(SM) Fund, launched in May 1998, is advised solely by Gabelli Advisers, Inc., using a team investment approach, without any subadvisers. Westwood Management owns 100% of the Class A common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. (representing 20% of the economic interest), and is not an affiliate of the Company. The Company believes that Gabelli Advisers, Inc. will serve as a platform for future growth and diversification of the Company's product line.

Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC currently manages short-term and short-intermediate term fixed income securities for the Treasurer's Funds as well as for the Separate Accounts. In the future, the Company plans to further increase and diversify the number of fixed income products offered by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC. Certain members of senior management of Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC own a 19.9% equity interest in it.

38

The following table lists the Mutual Funds, together with the December 31, 1998 Morningstar overall rating, where rated (ratings are not available for the money-market Mutual Funds and other Mutual Funds, which collectively represent 15% of the assets under management in the Mutual Funds), the portfolio manager(s) and associate portfolio managers(s) for such Mutual Fund, and provides a description of the primary investment objective, fund characteristics, fees, the date that the Mutual Fund was initially offered to investors and the assets under management in the Mutual Fund as of September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998.

                                                                                                  NET ASSETS AS OF
        FUND                                                                                ----------------------------
(MORNINGSTAR OVERALL                                           ADVISORY   12B-1   INITIAL   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
     RATING)(1)         PRIMARY INVESTMENT         FUND          FEES     FEES     OFFER        1998            1998
PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)         OBJECTIVE        CHARACTERISTICS    (%)       (%)      DATE          ($ IN MILLIONS)
---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  --------   -----   --------  ----------------------------
GABELLI OPEN-END FUNDS:


The Gabelli Growth     Capital appreciation   No-load,           1.00      .25    04/10/87    $1,405.5        $1,864.0
Fund                   from companies that    Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 5 STARS)    have favorable, yet    Diversified
                       undervalued,
    Howard F. Ward     prospects for
                       earnings growth.
                       Invests in equity
                       securities of
                       companies that have
                       above-average or
                       expanding market
                       shares and profit
                       margins.


The Gabelli Global     High level of capital  No-load,           1.00      .25    02/07/94        62.7            74.0
Interactive Couch      appreciation through   Open-end,
Potato(R) Fund         investment in a        Non-diversified
(GRAPHIC - 5 STARS)    portfolio of equity
                       securities focused on
    Marc J. Gabelli    the entertainment,
                       media and
                       communications
                       sectors.


The Gabelli Asset      Growth of capital as   No-load,           1.00      .25    03/03/86     1,373.7         1,593.6
Fund                   a primary investment   Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 4 STARS)    objective, with        Diversified
                       current income as a
    Mario J. Gabelli   secondary investment
                       objective. Invests in
                       equity securities of
                       companies selling at
                       a significant
                       discount to their
                       private market value.


The Gabelli Equity     High level of total    No-load,           1.00      .25    01/02/92        79.7            87.2
Income Fund            return with an         Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 4 STARS)    emphasis on income     Diversified
                       producing equities
    Mario J. Gabelli   with yields greater
    James Foung        than the S&P 500
                       average.


Gabelli International  Capital appreciation   No-load,           1.00      .25    06/30/95        25.2            26.8
Growth Fund            by investing           Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 4 STARS)    primarily in equity    Diversified
                       securities of foreign
    Caesar M.P. Bryan  companies with rapid
                       growth in revenues
                       and earnings.

39

                                                                                                  NET ASSETS AS OF
        FUND                                                                                ----------------------------
(MORNINGSTAR OVERALL                                           ADVISORY   12B-1   INITIAL   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
     RATING)(1)         PRIMARY INVESTMENT         FUND          FEES     FEES     OFFER        1998            1998
PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)         OBJECTIVE        CHARACTERISTICS    (%)       (%)      DATE          ($ IN MILLIONS)
---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  --------   -----   --------  ----------------------------


The Gabelli Value      High level of capital  Load, Open-end,    1.00      .25    09/29/89       676.5           797.5
Fund                   appreciation from      Non-diversified
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    undervalued equity
                       securities that are
    Mario J. Gabelli   held in a
                       concentrated
                       portfolio.


The Gabelli Small Cap  High level of capital  No-load,           1.00      .25    10/22/91       277.8           321.3
Growth Fund            appreciation from      Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    equity securities of   Diversified
                       smaller companies
    Mario J. Gabelli   with market
                       capitalization of
                       $500 million or less.


The Gabelli Global     High level of capital  No-load,           1.00      .25    11/01/94       136.5           170.1
Telecommunications     appreciation through   Open-end,
Fund                   worldwide investments  Non-diversified
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    in equity securities,
                       including the U.S.,
    Mario J. Gabelli   primarily in the
    Marc J. Gabelli    telecommunications
                       industry.


The Gabelli ABC Fund   Total returns from     No-load,           1.00      .25    05/14/93        41.2            39.4
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    equity and debt        Open-end,
                       securities that are    Non-diversified
    Mario J. Gabelli   attractive to
                       investors in various
                       market conditions
                       without excessive
                       risk of capital loss.


The Gabelli Global     High level of total    No-load,           1.00      .25    02/03/94         6.9             7.3
Convertible            return through a       Open-end,
Securities Fund        combination of         Non-diversified
(GRAPHIC - 2 STARS)    current income and
                       capital appreciation
   A. Hartswell        through investment in
   Woodson, III        convertible
                       securities of U.S.
                       and non-U.S. issuers.


Gabelli Gold           Seeks capital          No-load,           1.00      .25    07/11/94        13.1            11.3
Fund                   appreciation and       Open-end,
(GRAPHIC - 1 STAR)     employs a value        Diversified
                       approach to investing
    Caesar M.P. Bryan  primarily in equity
                       securities of gold-
                       related companies
                       worldwide.
Gabelli U.S. Treasury  High current income    Money Market,       .30      n/a    10/01/92       314.4           385.1
Money Market Fund      with preservation of   Open-end,
(Not rated)            principal and          Diversified
                       liquidity, while
    Judith A. Raneri   striving to keep
                       expenses among the
                       lowest of all U.S.
                       Treasury money market
                       funds.

40

                                                                                                  NET ASSETS AS OF
        FUND                                                                                ----------------------------
(MORNINGSTAR OVERALL                                           ADVISORY   12B-1   INITIAL   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
     RATING)(1)         PRIMARY INVESTMENT         FUND          FEES     FEES     OFFER        1998            1998
PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)         OBJECTIVE        CHARACTERISTICS    (%)       (%)      DATE          ($ IN MILLIONS)
---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  --------   -----   --------  ----------------------------
Gabelli Capital Asset  Capital appreciation   No-load,            .75      n/a    05/01/95       134.3           155.8
Fund                   from equity            Open-end,
(Not rated)            securities of          Diversified
                       companies selling at   Variable
    Mario J. Gabelli   a significant          Annuity
                       discount to their
                       private market value.
The Gabelli Global     High level of capital  No-load,           1.00      .25    05/11/98         5.0             5.9
Opportunity Fund       appreciation through   Open-end,
(Not rated)            worldwide investments  Non-diversified
                       in equity securities.
    Caesar M.P. Bryan
    Marc J. Gabelli
GABELLI WESTWOOD OPEN-END FUNDS:


Gabelli Westwood       Capital appreciation   Retail Class:      1.00      .25    01/02/87       177.9           202.1
Equity Fund            through a diversified  No-load,
(GRAPHIC - 4 STARS)    portfolio of equity    Open-end,                    .50     1/28/94
                       securities using a     Diversified
    Susan M. Byrne     top- down approach     Service Class:
                       that begins with an    Load,
                       analysis of the        Open-end,
                       broad, long-term       Diversified
                       trends in the economy
                       and an assessment of
                       the business cycle
                       which identifies
                       sectors that will
                       benefit from that
                       environment.


Gabelli Westwood       Both capital           Retail Class:       .75      .25    10/01/91       142.8           153.5
Balanced Fund          appreciation and       No-load,
(GRAPHIC - 4 STARS)    current income using   Open-end,                    .50      4/6/93
                       portfolios containing  Diversified
    Susan M. Byrne     stocks, bonds, and     Service Class:
    Patricia K. Fraze  cash as appropriate    Load, Open-
                       in light of current    end,
                       economic and business  Diversified
                       conditions.


Gabelli Westwood       Total return and       No-load,            .60      .25    04/06/93         7.6             7.9
Intermediate Bond      current income, while  Open-end,
Fund                   limiting risk to       Diversified
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    principal. Pursues
                       higher yields than
    Patricia K. Fraze  shorter maturity
                       funds, and has more
                       price stability than
                       generally higher
                       yielding long-term
                       funds.

41

                                                                                                  NET ASSETS AS OF
        FUND                                                                                ----------------------------
(MORNINGSTAR OVERALL                                           ADVISORY   12B-1   INITIAL   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
     RATING)(1)         PRIMARY INVESTMENT         FUND          FEES     FEES     OFFER        1998            1998
PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)         OBJECTIVE        CHARACTERISTICS    (%)       (%)      DATE          ($ IN MILLIONS)
---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  --------   -----   --------  ----------------------------
Gabelli Westwood       Long-term capital      No-load,           1.00      .25    04/15/97        11.7            15.7
SmallCap               appreciation,          Open-end,
Equity Fund            investing at least     Diversified
(Not rated)            65% of its assets in
                       equity securities of
    Lynda Calkin       companies with market
                       capitalizations of $1
                       billion or less.
Gabelli Westwood       Long-term capital      No-load,           1.00      .25    05/11/98         4.8             6.1
Mighty Mites(SM) Fund  appreciation by        Open-end,
(Not rated)            investing primarily    Diversified
                       in equity securities
    Mario J. Gabelli   with market
    Marc J. Gabelli    capitalizations of
    Laura K. Linehan   $300 million or less.
    Walter K. Walsh
Gabelli Westwood       Long-term capital      No-load,           1.00      .25    09/30/97         1.8             1.9
Realty Fund            appreciation as well   Open-end,
(Not rated)            as current income,     Diversified
                       investing in equity
    Susan M. Byrne     securities that are
                       primarily engaged in
                       or related to the
                       real estate industry.
THE TREASURER'S OPEN-END MONEY MARKET FUNDS:
The Treasurer's Fund,  Current income with    No-load,            .30      n/a    01/01/88       345.0           357.9
Inc. -- Domestic       preservation of        Open-end,
Prime Money Market     principal and          Diversified
Portfolio              liquidity through
(Not rated)            investment in U.S.
                       Treasury securities
    Judith A. Raneri   and corporate bonds.

The Treasurer's        Current income with    No-load,            .30      n/a    12/18/87       207.5           177.1
Fund, Inc. -- Tax      preservation of        Open-end,
Exempt Money Market    principal and          Non-diversified
Portfolio              liquidity through
(Not rated)            investment in U.S.
                       municipal bond
    Judith A. Raneri   securities.

The Treasurer's        Current income with    No-load,            .30      n/a    07/25/90       111.6           109.8
Fund, Inc. -- U.S.     preservation of        Open-end,
Treasury Money Market  principal and          Diversified
Portfolio              liquidity through
(Not rated)            investment in U.S.
                       Treasury securities.
    Judith A. Raneri

42

                                                                                                  NET ASSETS AS OF
        FUND                                                                                ----------------------------
(MORNINGSTAR OVERALL                                           ADVISORY   12B-1   INITIAL   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
     RATING)(1)         PRIMARY INVESTMENT         FUND          FEES     FEES     OFFER        1998            1998
PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)         OBJECTIVE        CHARACTERISTICS    (%)       (%)      DATE          ($ IN MILLIONS)
---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  --------   -----   --------  ----------------------------
GABELLI CLOSED-END FUNDS:


The Gabelli Global     Long-term capital      Closed-end,        1.00      n/a    11/15/94       141.2           163.8
Multimedia Trust Inc.  appreciation from      Non-Diversified
(GRAPHIC - 5 STARS)    equity investments in  NYSE
                       global telecommunica-  Symbol: GGT
    Mario J. Gabelli   tions, media,
                       publishing and
                       entertainment
                       holdings.


The Gabelli Equity     Long-term growth of    Closed-end,        1.00      n/a    08/14/86     1,212.8         1,341.5
Trust Inc.(2)          capital by investing   Non-Diversified
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    in equity securities.  NYSE
                                              Symbol: GAB
    Mario J. Gabelli


The Gabelli            High total return      Closed-end,        1.00      n/a    07/03/89       116.8           120.7
Convertible            from investing         Diversified
Securities Fund, Inc.  primarily in           NYSE
(GRAPHIC - 3 STARS)    convertible            Symbol: GCV
                       instruments.
    Mario J. Gabelli


(1) Morningstar proprietary ratings reflect historical risk adjusted performance as of December 31, 1998 and are subject to change every month. Overall Morningstar ratings are calculated from the fund's three-, five- and ten-year average annual returns, as available, in excess of 90 day T-bill returns with appropriate fee adjustments and a risk factor that reflects fund performance below 90 day T-bill returns. The top 10% of the funds in an investment category receive five stars, the next 22.5% receive four stars, the next 35% receive three stars, the next 22.5% receive two stars and the last 10% receive one star. The ratings for the Gabelli Westwood funds are for the retail classes.

(2) The Gabelli Equity Trust has announced its intention to spin-off approximately $60 million to $80 million of its assets in the form of shares of a new closed-end fund that will invest primarily in the securities of companies involved in the gas, electricity and water industries (the utility sector).

Shareholders of the no-load open-end Mutual Funds are allowed to exchange shares among the funds as economic and market conditions and investor needs change at no additional cost. The Company periodically introduces new mutual funds designed to complement and expand its investment product offerings, respond to competitive developments in the financial marketplace, and meet the changing needs of clients.

The Company's marketing efforts for the Mutual Funds are currently focused on increasing the distribution and sales of its existing funds, as well as creating new products for sale through its distribution channels. The Company believes that its marketing efforts for the Mutual Funds will continue to generate additional revenues from investment advisory fees. The Company has traditionally distributed most of its open-end Mutual Funds by using a variety of direct response marketing techniques, including telemarketing and advertising, and as a result the Company maintains direct relationships with a majority of its no-load open-end Mutual Fund customers. Beginning in late 1995, the Company expanded its product distribution by offering additional open-end Mutual Funds through Third-Party Distribution Programs, including NTF Programs. In 1997 and through the first nine months of 1998, the Company further expanded these efforts to include substantially all of its open-end Mutual Funds in over 60 Third-Party Distribution Programs. Although most of the assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds are still attributable to the Company's direct response marketing efforts, Third-Party Distribution Programs, particularly NTF Programs, have become an increasingly important source of asset growth for the Company. Of the $5.5 billion of assets under management in the open-end Mutual Funds as of September 30, 1998, approximately 16% were generated from NTF Programs. Sales (net of redemptions) of the Company's open-end Mutual Funds through the NTF Programs were approximately $96 million, $194 million and $476 million for the first and second halves of 1997 and the first half of 1998, respectively. In the first nine months of 1998, sales (net of redemptions) of the Mutual Funds were $1.0 billion, of which approximately 50% was generated from direct marketing and approximately 50% was generated from the NTF Programs. Further, the Company has commenced development of additional classes of shares for several of its mutual funds for sale through national brokerage and investment houses and other third-party distribution channels on a commission basis.

43

In general, distribution through Third-Party Distribution Programs has greater variable cost components and lower fixed cost components than distribution through the Company's traditional direct sales methods.

The Company provides investment advisory and management services pursuant to an investment management agreement with each Mutual Fund. While the specific terms of the investment management agreements vary to some degree, the basic terms of the investment management agreements are similar. The investment management agreements with the Mutual Funds generally provide that the Company is responsible for the overall investment and administrative services, subject to the oversight of each Mutual Fund's board of directors and in accordance with each Mutual Fund's fundamental investment objectives and policies. The investment management agreements permit the Company to enter into separate agreements for administrative and accounting services on behalf of the respective Mutual Funds.

The Company provides the Mutual Funds with administrative services pursuant to management contracts. Most of these administrative services are provided through subcontracts with unaffiliated third parties. Such services include, without limitation, calculation of net asset value, preparation of financial reports for shareholders of the Mutual Funds, internal accounting, tax accounting and reporting, regulatory filings, and other services. Transfer agency and custodial services are provided directly to the Mutual Funds by third parties.

The Company's Mutual Fund investment management agreements may continue in effect from year to year only if specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Mutual Fund's board of directors or trustees or (ii) the Mutual Fund's shareholders and, in either case, the vote of a majority of the Mutual Fund's directors or trustees who are not parties to the agreement or "interested persons" of any such party, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Each Mutual Fund may terminate its investment management agreement at any time upon 60 days' written notice by (i) a vote of the majority of the board of directors or trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such termination or (ii) a vote at a meeting of shareholders of the lesser of either 67% of the voting shares represented in person or by proxy or 50% of the outstanding voting shares of such Mutual Fund. Each investment management agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the Investment Company Act. The Offering will not constitute an "assignment" for the purposes of the Investment Company Act. The Company may terminate an investment management agreement without penalty on 60 days' written notice.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

Since 1977, the Company has provided investment management services through its subsidiary GAMCO to a broad spectrum of institutional and high net worth investors. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had approximately 950 Separate Accounts with an aggregate of approximately $6.7 billion of assets, which represent approximately 48% of the total assets under management of the Company at September 30, 1998. The ten largest Separate Accounts comprise approximately 15% of the Company's total assets under management and 7% of the Company's total revenues as of and for the period ended September 30, 1998. The Separate Accounts are invested in U.S. and international equity securities, U.S. fixed-income securities and convertible securities. At September 30, 1998, high net worth accounts (accounts of individuals and related parties in general having a minimum account balance of $1 million) comprised approximately 78% of the number of Separate Accounts and approximately 25% of the assets, with institutional investors accounting for the balance.

Each Separate Account portfolio is managed to meet the specific needs and objectives of the particular client by utilizing investment strategies and techniques within the Company's areas of expertise. Members of the sales and marketing staff for the Separate Accounts business have an average of approximately 10 years of experience with the Company and focus on developing and maintaining long-term relationships with their Separate Account clients in order to be able to understand and meet their individual clients' needs. Investment advisory agreements with the Separate Accounts are typically terminable by the client without penalty on 30 days' notice or less.

The Company's Separate Accounts business is marketed primarily through the direct efforts of its in-house sales force. At September 30, 1998, over 95% of the Company's assets in Separate Accounts (excluding subadvisory assets) were obtained through direct sales relationships. Sales efforts are conducted on a regional and product specialist basis. Clients are generally serviced by a team of individuals, the core of which remain

44

assigned to a specific client from the onset of the client relationship. The Company's sales force maintains direct relationships with corporate pension and profit sharing plans, foundations, endowment funds, jointly trusteed plans, municipalities and high net worth individuals that comprise the Company's Separate Accounts business.

PARTNERSHIPS

The Company offers alternative investment products through its majority-owned subsidiary, GSI. These alternative investments products consist primarily of risk arbitrage and merchant banking limited partnerships and offshore companies. The Partnerships had $147 million of assets at September 30, 1998. Gabelli Associates Fund had $115 million of assets under management as of September 30, 1998 and invests in merger arbitrage opportunities. Merchant banking activities are carried out through ALCE Partners, L.P. ("Alce"), and Gabelli Multimedia Partners, L.P. ("Multimedia"), both of which are closed to new investors. Aggregate assets for Alce and Multimedia as of September 30, 1998 were approximately $9 million and $6 million, respectively. Gabelli Associates Limited, which had approximately $17 million of assets as of September 30, 1998, is an offshore investment company designed for non-U.S. investors seeking to participate in risk arbitrage opportunities utilizing the same investment objectives and strategies as the Gabelli Associates Fund. The Company also manages the Gabelli International Gold Fund Limited, which as of September 30, 1998 had less than $1 million of assets. The Company's alternative investment products are marketed primarily through its direct sales force. The Company does not expect that assets invested in the Partnerships or other alternative investment products will contribute significantly to the Company's future growth.

BROKERAGE AND MUTUAL FUND DISTRIBUTION

The Company offers underwriting, execution and trading services through its subsidiary, Gabelli & Company. Gabelli & Company is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the NASD. Gabelli & Company's revenues are derived primarily from distribution of the Mutual Funds, brokerage commissions and selling concessions on transactions in equity securities for the Mutual Funds, Separate Accounts and other customers, and from underwriting fees and market-making activities.

The Company distributes the open-end Mutual Funds pursuant to distribution agreements with each open-end Mutual Fund. Under each distribution agreement with an open-end Mutual Fund, the Company offers and sells such open-end Mutual Fund's shares on a continual basis and pays all of the costs of marketing and selling the shares of such open-end Mutual Fund, including printing and mailing prospectuses and sales literature, advertising and maintaining sales and customer service personnel and sales and services fulfillment systems, and payments to the sponsors of Third-Party Distribution Programs, financial intermediaries and sales personnel of the Company. The Company receives fees for such services pursuant to distribution agreements adopted under provisions of Rule 12b-1. Distribution fees from the open-end Mutual Funds amounted to $4.7 million and $8.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $6.2 million, $7.1 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company is the principal underwriter for several funds distributed with a sales charge, including shares of The Gabelli Value Fund Inc. and service class shares of the Gabelli Westwood Equity Fund and the Gabelli Westwood Balanced Fund.

Under the distribution agreements, the open-end Mutual Funds (except the Treasurer's Funds, the Gabelli U.S. Treasury Money Market Fund and the Gabelli Capital Asset Fund) pay the Company a distribution fee of .25% per year (except the Service Class of the Gabelli Westwood Equity and Balanced Funds which pay .50% per year) on the average daily net assets of the fund. The Company's distribution agreements with the Mutual Funds may continue in effect from year to year only if specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Mutual Fund's board of directors or trustees or (ii) the Mutual Fund's shareholders and, in either case, the vote of a majority of the Mutual Fund's directors or trustees who are not parties to the agreement or "interested persons" of any such party, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Each Mutual Fund may terminate its distribution agreement, or any agreement thereunder, at any time upon 60 days' written notice by (i) a vote of the majority of its directors or trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such termination or (ii) a vote at a meeting of shareholders of the lesser of either 67% of the voting shares represented in person or by proxy or 50% of the outstanding voting shares of such Mutual Fund. Each distribution agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as

45

defined in the Investment Company Act. The Offering will not constitute an "assignment" for the purposes of the Investment Company Act. The Company may terminate a distribution agreement without penalty upon 60 days' written notice.

Gabelli & Company is involved in external syndicated underwriting activities. For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, Gabelli & Company participated as an underwriter in 28 syndicated underwritings with commitments totaling $96 million for public equity and debt offerings managed by major investment banks. During 1997, Gabelli & Company participated in 35 syndicated underwritings with commitments totaling $51 million.

COMPETITION

The Company competes with mutual fund companies and other investment management firms, insurance companies, banks, brokerage firms and other financial institutions that offer products which have similar features and investment objectives to those offered by the Company. Many of the investment management firms with which the Company competes are subsidiaries of large diversified financial companies and many others are much larger in terms of assets under management and revenues and, accordingly, have much larger sales organizations and marketing budgets. Historically, the Company has competed primarily on the basis of the long-term investment performance of many of its funds. However, the Company has determined that competing primarily on the basis of performance is inadequate and accordingly, the Company has taken steps over the past two years to substantially increase its distribution channels, brand name awareness and marketing efforts. Although there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in these efforts, its net sales of Mutual Funds have increased significantly over the past year and the Company's strategy is to continue to devote significant additional resources to its sales and marketing efforts.

The market for providing investment management services to institutional and high net worth Separate Accounts is also highly competitive. Approximately 41% and 43% of the Company's investment management fee revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, was derived from its Separate Accounts. Selection of investment advisers by U.S. institutional investors is often subject to a screening process and to favorable recommendation by investment industry consultants. Many of these investors require their investment advisers to have a successful and sustained performance record, often five years or longer, and also focus on one and three year performance records. The Company has significantly increased its assets under management on behalf of U.S. institutional investors since its entry into the institutional asset management business in 1977. At the current time, the Company believes that its investment performance record would be attractive to potential new institutional and high net worth clients and the Company has determined to devote additional resources to the institutional and high net worth investor markets. However, no assurance can be given that the Company's efforts to obtain new business will be successful.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Service marks and brand name recognition are important to the Company's business. The Company has rights to the service marks under which its products are offered. The Company has registered certain service marks in the United States and will continue to do so as new trademarks and service marks are developed or acquired. The Company has rights to use (i) the "Gabelli" name,
(ii) the "GAMCO" name, (iii) the research triangle logo, (iv) the "Interactive Couch Potato" name, and (v) the "Mighty Mites" name. Pursuant to an assignment agreement, Mr. Gabelli has assigned to the Company all of his rights, title and interests in and to the "Gabelli" name for use in connection with investment management services, mutual funds and securities brokerage services. However, under the agreement, Mr. Gabelli will retain any and all right, title and interest he has or may have in the "Gabelli" name for use in connection with (i) charitable foundations controlled by Mr. Gabelli or members of his family or
(ii) entities engaged in private investment activities for Mr. Gabelli or members of his family. In addition, the funds managed by Mr. Gabelli outside the Company have entered into a license agreement with the Company permitting them to continue limited use of the "Gabelli" name under specified circumstances. The Company has taken, and will continue to take, action to protect its interests in these service marks.

46

STAFF

At December 31, 1998, the Company had a full-time staff of approximately 133 individuals, of whom 40 served in the portfolio management, research and trading areas, 47 served in the marketing and shareholder servicing areas and 46 served in the administrative area. As part of its staff, the Company employs ten portfolio managers for the Mutual Funds, Separate Accounts and Partnerships. Additionally, Westwood Management employs three portfolio managers who advise five of the six portfolios of the Gabelli Westwood family of funds.

PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 1998, the principal properties leased by the Company for use in its business were as follows:

                         LOCATION                           LEASE EXPIRATION     SQUARE FOOTAGE
                         --------                           ----------------     --------------
Gabelli Funds, Inc. ......................................  December 11, 2001        24,555
One Corporate Center
Rye, New York 10580
Gabelli Funds, Inc. ......................................   April 30, 2013          60,055
401 Theodore Fremd Avenue
Rye, New York 10580
Gabelli & Company, Inc. ..................................   month-to-month           4,177
655 Third Avenue, Suite 1425
New York, New York 10017
Gabelli Funds, Inc. ......................................   month-to-month           1,599
165 West Liberty Street
Reno, Nevada 89501

All of these properties are used or will be used by the Company as office space. The building and property at 401 Theodore Fremd Avenue were leased from an entity controlled by members of Mr. Gabelli's family, and approximately 35,000 square feet are currently subleased to other tenants. The Company has begun relocating certain departments of the Company to these premises and expects to completely relocate its principal executive office to these premises in the year 2001. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Transactions with Mr. Gabelli and Affiliates."

REGULATION

Virtually all aspects of the Company's businesses are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investment advisory clients and shareholders of registered investment companies. Under such laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers and broker-dealers such as the Company have broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit such an adviser or broker-dealer from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. In such event, the possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures, and fines. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all material laws and regulations.

The business of the Company is subject to regulation at both the federal and state level by the Commission and other regulatory bodies. Subsidiaries of the Company are registered with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act, and the Mutual Funds are registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act. Two subsidiaries of the Company are also registered as broker-dealers with the Commission and are subject to regulation by the NASD and various states.

The subsidiaries of the Company that are registered with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act (Funds Adviser, Gabelli Advisers, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC and GAMCO) are regulated by and subject to examination by the Commission. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers including fiduciary duties, record keeping requirements, operational requirements, marketing requirements and disclosure obligations. The Commission is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act, ranging from censure to termination of an investment adviser's registration. The failure of a subsidiary of the Company to comply with

47

the requirements of the Commission could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Commission.

The Company derives a substantial majority of its revenues from investment advisory services through its investment management agreements. Under the Investment Advisers Act, the Company's investment management agreements terminate automatically if assigned without the client's consent. Under the Investment Company Act, advisory agreements with registered investment companies such as the Mutual Funds terminate automatically upon assignment. The term "assignment" is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur, under certain circumstances, upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a controlling interest in the Company. The Offering will not constitute an assignment for these purposes. Accordingly, the Company does not intend to seek approvals of new investment advisory agreements from the shareholders of the registered investment companies it manages or other client consents in connection with these transactions.

In its capacity as a broker-dealer, Gabelli & Company is required to maintain certain minimum net capital and cash reserves for the benefit of its customers. Gabelli & Company's net capital, as defined, has consistently met or exceeded all minimum requirements. Under the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated pursuant to the federal securities laws, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Commission. Gabelli & Company is also subject to periodic examination by the NASD. The most recent examination by the Commission of the Gabelli family of funds was in June 1998 and of the Gabelli Westwood family of funds was in November 1997. The most recent examination of Gabelli & Company by the NASD was in September 1998. There were no material compliance issues reported by either the Commission or the NASD as a result of such examinations.

Subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as they are "fiduciaries" under ERISA with respect to their clients. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients. The failure of the Company to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Investments by the Company on behalf of its clients often represent a significant equity ownership position in an issuer's class of stock. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had five percent or more beneficial ownership with respect to more than 85 equity securities. This activity raises frequent regulatory and legal issues regarding the Company's aggregate beneficial ownership level with respect to portfolio securities, including issues relating to issuers' shareholder rights plans or "poison pills," state gaming laws and regulations, federal communications laws and regulations, public utility holding company laws and regulations, federal proxy rules governing shareholder communications and federal laws and regulations regarding the reporting of beneficial ownership positions. The failure of the Company to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Mr. Gabelli is registered with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission/National Futures Association as a floor broker and commodity pool operator.

The Company and certain of its affiliates are subject to the laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions and non-U.S. regulatory agencies or bodies. In particular, the Company is subject to requirements in numerous jurisdictions regarding reporting of beneficial ownership positions in securities issued by companies whose securities are publicly traded in those countries. In addition, GAMCO is registered as an international adviser, investment counsel and portfolio manager with the Ontario Securities Commission in Canada in order to market its services to prospective clients which reside in Ontario. Gabelli Associates Limited is organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and Gabelli International Gold Fund Limited is organized under the laws of Bermuda.

LEGAL MATTERS

From time to time, the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits incidental to its business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the financial condition of the Company.

48

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons who will serve as the Company's directors and executive officers upon consummation of the Offering. All directors will serve terms of one year or until the election of their respective successors.

NAME                   AGE                              POSITION
----                   ---                              --------
Mario J. Gabelli.....  56     Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
                              Investment Officer, Director
Stephen G. Bondi.....  40     Executive Vice President -- Finance and Administration
James E. McKee.......  35     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Robert S. Zuccaro....  42     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Douglas R.
  Jamieson...........  44     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of
                              Gabelli Asset Management Company
Bruce N. Alpert......  47     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of
                              Funds Adviser
Charles C. Baum......  57     Director
Richard B. Black.....  65     Director
Eamon M. Kelly.......  62     Director
Karl Otto Pohl.......  69     Director

MARIO J. GABELLI has served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Company since November 1976 and of Gabelli Partners since its inception. In connection with those responsibilities, he serves as Chairman and/ or President of thirteen registered investment companies managed by Funds Adviser and as the primary Portfolio Manager for a significant majority of the Company's assets under management. Mr. Gabelli also serves as a Governor of the American Stock Exchange, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lynch Corporation, a public company engaged in multimedia, specialized transportation and manufacturing and as a director of East/West Communications, Inc., a publicly-held communications services company. In addition, Mr. Gabelli is the sole employee of MJG Associates, Inc., which acts as a general partner of an equity fund, Gabelli Performance Partnership L.P., and investment manager of various offshore investment companies and other accounts. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. Gabelli served as a research analyst at William D. Witter from 1975 through 1977 and as a Vice President of Loeb, Rhoades & Co. from 1967 through 1975. Mr. Gabelli received a B.S. from Fordham University and an M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

STEPHEN G. BONDI joined the Company in 1982 and has served as Executive Vice President -- Finance and Administration of the Company since 1997 and from 1982 to 1997 as a financial officer in various capacities. Mr. Bondi also serves as Vice President of GAMCO, GSI and Gabelli & Company and is a director of Gabelli & Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bondi was an accountant with the accounting firm of Spicer & Oppenheim. He holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from Hofstra University, received an M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business and is a Certified Public Accountant.

JAMES E. MCKEE has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since August 1995 and as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of GAMCO since December 1993. Mr. McKee also serves as Secretary of the Company's subsidiaries and all of the Mutual Funds except the Treasurer's Funds. Prior to joining the Company, he was a Branch Chief with the Commission in New York from 1992 to 1993 and a Staff Attorney with the Commission from 1989 through 1992, where he worked on matters involving registered investment advisers and investment companies. Mr. McKee received a B.A. from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

ROBERT S. ZUCCARO has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since June 1, 1998. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice President and Treasurer of Cybex International, Inc., an international, publicly held manufacturer of medical, rehabilitative and fitness products, from 1992 to 1997, and served as its Corporate Controller from 1984 to 1997. Mr. Zuccaro was previously with Shearson Lehman

49

Bros. from 1983 to 1984 and with Ernst & Young from 1979 to 1983. Mr. Zuccaro received a B.S. in Accounting from C.W. Post College and is a Certified Public Accountant.

DOUGLAS R. JAMIESON has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of GAMCO since 1986 and as a director since 1991. Mr. Jamieson was an investment analyst with the Company from 1981 to 1986. Mr. Jamieson received a B.A. from Bucknell University and an M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

BRUCE N. ALPERT has served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Funds Adviser since June 1988 and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Funds Adviser on January 1, 1999. Mr. Alpert is an officer of all of the Mutual Funds. Mr. Alpert is also a director of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. Prior to June 1988 he worked at the InterCapital Division of Dean Witter from 1986 to 1988 as Vice President and Treasurer of the Mutual Funds sponsored by Dean Witter. From 1983 through 1986 he worked at Smith Barney Harris Upham & Co. as Vice President in the Financial Services Division and as Vice President and Treasurer of Mutual Funds sponsored by Smith Barney. Mr. Alpert also was an Audit Manager and Specialist at Price Waterhouse in the Investment Company Industry Services Group from 1975 through 1983. Mr. Alpert received a B.S. in Management Science and an M.B.A. from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and is a Certified Public Accountant.

CHARLES C. BAUM joined the Company's Board of Directors in October 1992. Mr. Baum has also served since August 1992 as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Morgan Group, Inc., a transportation services company and subsidiary of Lynch Corporation, and as Treasurer of United Holdings Co., Inc. and its predecessors and affiliates since 1973. United Holdings Co., Inc. was involved in the metal business until 1990 when it shifted focus to concentrate on investments in real estate and securities. Mr. Baum is also a director of United Holdings Co.; Shapiro Robinson & Associates, a firm which represents professional athletes; and Municipal Mortgage and Equity LLC, a company engaged in the business of mortgage financing. Mr. Baum received an A.B. from Princeton University, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and an LLB from Maryland Law School.

RICHARD B. BLACK originally joined the Company's Board of Directors in November 1982. He currently serves as President and director of Oak Technology, Inc., an international supplier of semiconductors, as well as Chairman and Director of ECRM, Incorporated, an international supplier of electronic imaging devices to the publishing and graphic arts industries. Mr. Black also serves as a director of Benedetto, Gartland & Greene, Inc.; General Scanning, Inc.; Grand Eagle Companies, Inc.; and The Morgan Group, Inc. Mr. Black was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AM International, Inc. from 1981 to 1982; President and Chief Executive Officer of Alusuisse of America (Swiss Aluminum of America) from 1979 to 1981; and Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Maremont Corporation, an automotive parts manufacturer with world-wide distribution, from 1967 to 1979. Mr. Black received a B.S. in Engineering from Texas A&M University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University, and he was awarded an Honorary Doctorate of Humane Letters Degree from Beloit College.

EAMON M. KELLY joined the Company's Board of Directors in October 1992. Dr. Kelly is currently serving as a Professor at the Payson Center for International Development and Technology Transfer as well as in other departments at Tulane University, New Orleans. From 1981 through July 1998, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Tulane University. From 1974 to 1979, Dr. Kelly served in numerous positions, including Officer-in-Charge of Program Related Investments at the Ford Foundation, a philanthropic organization with initiatives in community and housing development, communications and public television, resources and environment, higher and public education, the arts and minority enterprises. Dr. Kelly's career includes numerous appointments, most recently, the appointments by President Clinton in 1995 to the National Science Board (the governing board of the National Science Foundation) and in 1994 to the National Security Education Board. Dr. Kelly received a B.S. from Fordham University, and his M.S. and Ph.D. in Economics from Columbia University.

KARL OTTO POHL joined the Company's Board of Directors in April 1998. Mr. Pohl is a member of the Shareholder Committee of Sal Oppenheim Jr., & Cie., a private investment bank. Currently Mr. Pohl is a director/trustee of all of the Mutual Funds and serves as a board member of Zurich Versicherungs-Gesellshaft

50

(Insurance), the International Council for J.P. Morgan & Co. and TrizecHahn Corp. Mr. Pohl is a former President of the Deutsche Bundesbank, Germany's Central Bank, and was Chairman of its Central Bank Council from 1980 to 1991. He also served as German Governor of the International Monetary Fund from 1980 to 1991 and as a Board Member to the Bank for International Settlements. Mr. Pohl also served as Chairman to the European Economic Community Central Bank Governors from 1990 to 1991.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Prior to completion of the Offering, the Company intends to establish an Audit Committee comprised solely of independent directors, a Compensation Committee, an Executive Committee and a Nominating Committee. The Audit Committee will recommend the annual appointment of the Company's auditors, with whom the Audit Committee will review the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles used by the Company in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures and the adequacy of the Company's internal control procedures. The Compensation Committee will administer the Company's 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan and 1999 Annual Performance Incentive Plan and make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding compensation for the Company's executive officers. In the absence of a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee is empowered to exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business affairs of the Company, except that the Executive Committee is not permitted to take any action that committees are prohibited from taking under the laws of the State of New York. The Nominating Committee will review the qualifications of potential candidates for the Board of Directors, report its findings to the Board of Directors and propose nominations for Board memberships for approval by the Board of Directors and submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors of the Company who are also employees receive no additional compensation for their services as a director. Non-employee directors do not currently receive fees for their service as directors, although it is anticipated that non-employee directors will receive fees in the future. The Company will reimburse all directors of the Company for travel expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Transactions with Others."

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth certain compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the Company's Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers of the Company who served as executive officers of the Company as of December 31, 1997, for services rendered in all capacities to the Company and its subsidiaries during 1997.

51

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                  -----------------------------     ALL OTHER
NAMES AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS                     YEAR    SALARY        BONUS      COMPENSATION
-----------------------------                     ----  -----------    --------    ------------
Mario J. Gabelli................................  1997  $33,584,674(1) $      0      $   908(2)
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
  and Chief Investment Officer
Douglas R. Jamieson.............................  1997  $ 1,206,026    $200,000      $27,214(3)
  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
  Officer of GAMCO
Bruce N. Alpert.................................  1997  $   308,394    $600,000      $49,366(3)
  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
  Officer of Funds Adviser
Stephen G. Bondi................................  1997  $   300,000    $150,000      $ 6,446(3)
  Executive Vice President -- Finance and
  Administration
James E. McKee..................................  1997  $   300,000    $100,000      $12,261(3)
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


(1) Represents the incentive-based management fee, portfolio management and account executive fees and other variable compensation. Mr. Gabelli receives no fixed salary. See Note J to the Consolidated Financial Statements of GFI contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(2) Represents contributions made by the Company under its profit sharing plan.

(3) Represents contributions made by the Company under its profit sharing plan in the amount of $908 and the fair value of subsidiary stock awards made to Messrs. Jamieson, Alpert, Bondi and McKee worth $26,306, $48,458, $5,538 and $11,353, respectively.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Prior to the Offering, Mr. Gabelli will have entered into an Employment Agreement with the Company relating to his service as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer of the Company, an executive for certain subsidiaries and Portfolio Manager for certain Mutual Funds and Separate Accounts, effective as of the consummation of the Offering. Under the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli will receive, as compensation for managing or overseeing the management of investment companies and the Partnerships, attracting mutual fund accounts, attracting or managing Separate Accounts, providing investment banking services, acting as a broker or otherwise generating revenues for the Company, a percentage of revenues or net profits related to or generated by such activities (which revenues or net profits are substantially derived from assets under management). Such payments will be made in a manner and at rates as agreed to from time to time by Mr. Gabelli and the Company, which rates have been and generally will be the same as those received by other professionals in the Company performing similar services. Mr. Gabelli will also receive an incentive-based management fee in the amount of 10% of the aggregate pre-tax profits, if any, of the Company as computed for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles before consideration of this fee so long as he is an executive of the Company and devoting the substantial majority of his working time to its business. This incentive-based management fee will be subject to review at least annually by an independent committee of the Board for compliance with the terms hereof. Mr. Gabelli has agreed that while he is employed by the Company or for five years from the consummation of the Offering, whichever is longer, he will not provide investment management services outside of the Company, except for the Permissible Accounts. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Mr. Gabelli will also receive a deferred payment of $50 million on January 2, 2002, plus interest payable quarterly at an annual rate of 6%. Because these compensation arrangements will be in existence before the completion of the Offering, the $1.0 million deductibility limit of Section 162(m) is generally not expected to apply to the payments until the first meeting of the Company's shareholders at which directors will be elected after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Offering occurs. Thereafter, while no assurance can be given, the Company believes that it will be able to take steps to allow for the continued deductibility of these payments pursuant to the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement may not be amended without the approval of an independent committee of the Board.

52

The Company has also entered into employment agreements and other arrangements with several of its other key investment professionals which are designed to retain them through variable compensation, equity ownership, stock options, other incentives and non-solicitation or non-compete provisions. For example, three of the Company's portfolio managers have employment agreements with terms extending beyond January 2000 setting forth their compensation and incentive arrangements and including certain restrictive covenants.

1999 STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

In General

The Company has adopted the Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). A maximum of 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock has been reserved for issuance under the Plan, generally subject to equitable adjustment upon the occurrence of any stock dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, share repurchase or exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event.

Pursuant to the Plan, there may be granted stock options (including "incentive stock options" and "nonqualified stock options"), stock appreciation rights (either in connection with stock options granted under the Plan or independent of options), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents and other stock- or cash-based awards ("Awards"). After the consummation of the Offering, the Plan is intended to satisfy any applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 ("Rule 16b-3") promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the deductions for amounts paid under the Plan are not expected to be limited by Section 162(m) for federal income tax purposes.

The Plan will be administered by a committee established by the Board of Directors, consisting of two or more persons each of whom is a "nonemployee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (the "Committee"). The Committee shall have full authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to, among other things, determine the persons to whom Awards will be granted, determine the terms and conditions (including any applicable performance criteria and the circumstances in which Awards may be cancelled or forfeited) of such Awards, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.

Grants of Awards may be made under the Plan to selected employees, independent contractors and directors of the Company and its present or future affiliates, at the discretion of the Committee.

Stock Options and Appreciation Rights

Stock options may be either "incentive stock options," as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code, or nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of a nonqualified stock option may be above, at or below the fair market value per share of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant; the exercise price of an incentive stock option may not be less than the fair market value per share of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise price may be paid in cash, by the surrender or withholding of Class A Common Stock or through a "broker's cashless exercise" procedure meeting the requirements of 12 C.F.R. sec. 220 or any successor thereof.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted alone or in tandem with stock options. A stock appreciation right is a right to be paid an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the date the stock appreciation right is exercised over either the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant (in the case of a free standing stock appreciation right) or the exercise price of the related stock option (in the case of a tandem stock appreciation right), with payment to be made in cash, Class A Common Stock or both, as specified in the Award agreement or determined by the Committee.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine, as reflected in the applicable Award agreement. In addition, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in the event of a "change in control" of the Company. The exercise period shall be determined by the Committee except that such exercise period shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant of such incentive stock option.

53

Except to the extent that the applicable Award agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment of a participant shall terminate, such participant's right to exercise stock options and stock appreciation rights will cease.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

A restricted stock award is an award of Class A Common Stock ("Restricted Stock") and a restricted stock unit award is an Award of the right to receive cash or Class A Common Stock ("Restricted Stock Unit") at a future date, in each case, that is subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose at the date of grant, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the Award agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including without limitation the right to vote and the right to receive dividends thereon. The Committee has the authority to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions. In addition, all restrictions affecting the awarded shares or units will lapse in the event of a "change in control" of the Company.

Upon termination of employment or termination of the independent contractor relationship during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and any accrued but unpaid dividends or Dividend Equivalents (as defined below) that are at that time subject to restrictions will be forfeited unless the Committee provides, by rule or regulation or in any Award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

Other Awards

The Committee may grant to a participant the right to receive cash in lieu of Class A Common Stock equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Class A Common Stock ("Dividend Equivalents"). Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis. The Committee is also authorized to grant Class A Common Stock as a bonus or to grant other Awards in lieu of Company commitments to pay cash under other plans or compensatory arrangements, on such terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

Transferability

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred other than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, or if permitted under Rule 16b-3, pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order.

Amendment and Termination

The Plan may, at any time and from time to time, be altered, amended, suspended or terminated by the Board of Directors, in whole or in part, except that no amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to avoid the application of Section 162(m) for federal income tax purposes, or for the Plan to comply with state law, stock exchange requirements or other applicable law will be effective (except as otherwise determined by the Committee) unless such amendment has received the requisite approval of shareholders. In addition, no amendment may be made which adversely affects any of the rights of a participant under any Award theretofore granted, without such participant's consent.

Outstanding Awards

Effective with the Offering, the Board of Directors of the Company will grant to certain employees (excluding Mr. Gabelli) stock options to acquire 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise

54

price equal to the public offering price of the Class A Common Stock (net of the discount payable to the Underwriters). These stock options vest three years from the date of consummation of the Offering.

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

Prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Board will adopt the Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Annual Performance Incentive Plan (the "Annual Plan"), pursuant to which executive officers and professional staff members of the Company and its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive annual incentive bonuses. The Annual Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or a subcommittee thereof. The Annual Plan will be effective for 1999 and each of calendar years 2000, 2001 and 2002, after which time the Plan will terminate, unless extended or terminated earlier by the Board of Directors of the Company. Non-Employee Directors will not be eligible for awards under the Annual Plan.

Each year the Company will establish target incentive bonuses for participants in the Annual Plan. Bonuses will be payable under the Annual Plan for a year if the Company meets the performance criteria for such year selected for a participant or group of participants by the compensation committee or such subcommittee, which performance criteria may include, without limitation: (i) earnings per share growth; (ii) revenue growth; (iii) growth in assets under management; (iv) increase in consolidated net income; (v) return on equity; and
(vi) controlling operating expenses. The actual bonus payable to a participant, which may equal, exceed or be less than the target bonus, will be determined based on whether the applicable performance targets are met, exceeded or not met, and may be decreased or increased based on individual performance and contributions, or such other factors as the Compensation Committee or such subcommittee may deem appropriate. Bonuses payable under the Annual Plan are not subject to any predetermined limitations.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee or such subcommittee will have the right, in its discretion, to pay to any participant an annual bonus based on individual performance or any other criteria that the Compensation Committee deems appropriate and, in connection with the hiring of any person or otherwise, the Compensation Committee may provide for a minimum bonus amount in any calendar year, regardless of whether performance objectives are attained.

Any such bonuses will be payable as soon as practicable after the Compensation Committee certifies that the applicable performance criteria have been obtained, or, in the case of bonuses that are not tied to such performance criteria, at such time as the Compensation Committee determines.

A portion of a participant's annual incentive bonus may be payable in Restricted Stock. Any such shares of Restricted Stock will generally vest over three years.

Because the Annual Plan will be in existence before the completion of the Offering, the $1 million deductibility limit of Section 162(m) is generally not expected to apply to payments under the Annual Plan until the first meeting of the Company's stockholders at which directors will be elected after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Offering occurs. The Board or the Compensation Committee may, at any time, amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Annual Plan; provided, however, that no material modification to the Annual Plan will be effective without approval by the shareholders of the Company.

OWNERSHIP OF THE COMMON STOCK

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering, Mario J. Gabelli, One Corporate Center, Rye, New York, through his approximately two-thirds ownership of Gabelli Partners, will beneficially own all of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company. Immediately after consummation of the Offering, Gabelli Partners will beneficially own all of the 24,000,000 outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, which ownership will represent approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (approximately 97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Accordingly, Mr. Gabelli, through his approximately two-thirds ownership of Gabelli

55

Partners, will beneficially own approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company immediately following consummation of the Offering (approximately 97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). No other director or executive officer of the Company will beneficially own any shares of Common Stock, and no other person will beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Offering.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of certain arrangements between the Company and Mr. Gabelli and members of his immediate family. Although the Company believes that these arrangements embody terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in negotiations between independent parties, these arrangements were established before the Offering and were not the subject of arm's-length negotiations. See "Risk Factors -- Control by Mr. Gabelli; Conflicts of Interest."

THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

The Company is a holding company that was newly formed in connection with the Offering and, accordingly, has not previously engaged in any business operations, acquired any assets or incurred any liabilities other than in connection with the Offering. Prior to the Offering, the Company will issue 24 million shares of its Class B Common Stock, representing all of its then issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock to GFI for substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities of GFI relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory, underwriting and brokerage business, at which time GFI will be renamed "Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc." As a result, Gabelli Partners, which is approximately two-thirds owned by Mr. Gabelli with the balance owned by the Company's professional staff and other individuals, will become the sole shareholder of the Company prior to the consummation of the Offering. At such time, one of Gabelli Partners' most significant assets will be its investment in the Company. Immediately following the Offering, the Company will conduct its business operations through its subsidiaries. After the consummation of the Offering, Gabelli Partners will own all of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, which will represent approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company will continue to be controlled by Mr. Gabelli, who through his approximately two-thirds ownership of Gabelli Partners will indirectly beneficially own approximately 97.6% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (97.2% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).

Prior to the Offering, the Company and Mr. Gabelli will have entered into an Employment Agreement which provides that Mr. Gabelli will receive an incentive-based management fee of 10% of the aggregate pre-tax profits of the Company as computed for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles before consideration of this fee so long as he is an executive of the Company and devoting the substantial majority of his working time to the business of the Company. The Employment Agreement further provides that Mr. Gabelli will receive a deferred payment of $50 million on January 2, 2002, plus interest payable quarterly at an annual rate of 6%. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."

Effective with the Offering, the Company and Gabelli Partners will enter into a Management Services Agreement, with a one year term and renewable annually, under which the Company will provide certain services for Gabelli Partners, including furnishing office space and equipment, providing insurance coverage, overseeing the administration of its business and providing personnel to perform certain administrative services.

Effective with the Offering, the Company will enter into an agreement with Gabelli Partners (the "Tax Indemnification Agreement") to indemnify Gabelli Partners and the shareholders of Gabelli Partners (the "Tax Indemnitees"), against certain taxes due and payable by the Tax Indemnitees on or after the Offering that relate to activities of Gabelli Partners or certain of its affiliates in respect of periods prior to the Offering ("Taxes"). Generally, when a corporation owns assets and conducts a business prior to a public offering of its stock, such corporation continues to be liable for any unpaid taxes relating to its business operations prior to

56

such offering. However, since the operations of the Company were conducted by Gabelli Partners and not the Company prior to the Offering, the Company is not automatically liable for any unpaid taxes relating to such operations prior to the Offering. Consequently, the Tax Indemnification Agreement has been agreed to by the Company and Gabelli Partners to require the Company, and not Gabelli Partners or the shareholders of Gabelli Partners, to bear the cost of Taxes relating to the assets and operations of the Company prior to the Offering. The Company will be required to make additional payments to offset any taxes payable by a Tax Indemnitee in respect of payments made pursuant to the Tax Indemnification Agreement. Any payment of Taxes by the Company will be offset by any tax benefit received by the Tax Indemnitee. The Tax Indemnification Agreement includes provisions that permit the Company to control any tax proceeding or contest which might result in the Company being required to make a payment under the Tax Indemnification Agreement.

The foregoing transactions are collectively referred to herein as the "Formation Transactions."

TRANSACTIONS WITH MR. GABELLI AND AFFILIATES

Mr. Gabelli intends to continue devoting time to activities outside of the Company, including managing his own assets and his family's assets, managing or controlling companies in other industries and managing assets for other investors through the Permissible Accounts (approximately $110 million as of September 30, 1998). These activities may present conflicts of interest or compete with the Company. In order to minimize conflicts and potential competition with the Company's investment management business, Mr. Gabelli has undertaken that so long as he is associated with the Company or for a period of five years from the consummation of the Offering, whichever is longer, he will not provide investment management services for compensation other than in his capacity as an officer or employee of the Company except for the Permissible Accounts. Prior to establishing any additional Permissible Accounts, Mr. Gabelli has agreed to have a committee of independent directors review any proposed new Permissible Account for conformity with the specific undertakings set forth under "Risk Factors -- Control by Mr. Gabelli; Conflicts of Interests", and to accept the committee's determination as final. See "Risk Factors -- Control by Mr. Gabelli; Conflicts of Interest." The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company expressly provides that in general Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family who are officers and directors of the Company and entities controlled by such persons have an obligation to present corporate opportunities to the Company and resolve conflicts of interests through one of the processes described in the Certificate of Incorporation, which include independent director or independent shareholder approval. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions -- Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies." As of the completion of the Offering, it is expected that there will be no members of Mr. Gabelli's immediate family who are officers or directors of the Company.

The Company will not derive any income from activities outside of the Company by Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family who are officers and directors of the Company and entities controlled by such persons, and the Company may not be able to take advantage of business and investment opportunities that could later prove to be beneficial to the Company and the shareholders. Where a conflict of interest involves a transaction between Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family who are officers and directors of the Company or entities controlled by such persons and the Company, there can be no assurance that the Company would not receive more favorable terms if it were dealing with an unaffiliated party although the Company will seek to achieve market-based terms in all such transactions. See "Risk Factors -- Control by Mr. Gabelli; Conflicts of Interest" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions -- Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies."

Among the existing activities outside of the Company (including the Permissible Accounts) in which Mr. Gabelli is engaged, Mr. Gabelli will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Gabelli Partners, and as President and Chief Investment Officer of MJG Associates, Inc. ("MJG Associates"), which is wholly owned by Mr. Gabelli and which acts as investment manager for Gabelli Performance Partnership L.P. (a domestic hedge fund), Gabelli International Limited (an offshore investment company), Gabelli International II Limited (an offshore investment company), Gabelli Fund, LDC (an offshore limited duration company) and an account for an unaffiliated hedge fund. At

57

September 30, 1998, such entities had assets under management of approximately $110 million from unaffiliated third parties. Mr. Gabelli will also continue to serve as managing member of Rivgam LMDS, LLC (a wireless communications company). Mr. Gabelli will also continue to serve as the general partner of MJG IV Limited Partnership (a family-controlled investment partnership), and as President and a trustee of the Gabelli Foundation, Inc. (an accredited charitable foundation). Mr. Gabelli also expects to continue to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lynch Corporation (a public company engaged in multimedia, specialized transportation and manufacturing businesses), a director of East/West Communications, Inc. (a public company holding personal communications services licenses) and a Governor of the American Stock Exchange.

Historically, the Company has been required to pay Mr. Gabelli as part of his total compensation a management fee equal to 20% of the pre-tax profits of each of the Company's operating units before consideration of this management fee. This fee approximated $9,423,000, $10,192,000 and $10,580,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

Effective with the Offering, the Company will enter into an agreement with Mr. Gabelli which provides that Mr. Gabelli will assign and transfer to the Company any and all right, title and interest he has in the "Gabelli" name as a trademark, service mark or corporate or trade name for use in connection with investment management services, mutual funds and securities brokerage services. However, under the agreement, Mr. Gabelli will retain any and all right, title and interest he has or may have in the "Gabelli" name for use in connection with
(i) charitable foundations controlled by Mr. Gabelli or members of his family or
(ii) entities engaged in private investment activities for Mr. Gabelli or members of his family. In addition, the funds managed by Mr. Gabelli outside the Company have entered into a license agreement with the Company permitting them to continue limited use of the "Gabelli" name under specified circumstances.

The Company and GAMCO made contributions to the Gabelli Foundation, Inc. of approximately $1.0 million and $1.6 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

As of December 5, 1997, the Company entered into a master lease agreement with M(4)E, LLC, which is owned by the children of Mr. Gabelli, for a 60,000 square foot building, of which approximately 35,000 square feet are currently subleased to other tenants. The master lease for the building and property, which is located at 401 Theodore Fremd Avenue, Rye, New York 10580, expires on April 30, 2013. From December 5, 1997 through December 31, 2002, the Company has agreed to pay rent equal to $720,000 per year. From January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003, the rent will increase to $756,000 per year. From January 1, 2004 through April 30, 2013, the rent will be a minimum of $756,000, adjusted for inflation. The Company is responsible under the lease agreement for all operating expenses, costs of electricity and other utilities and taxes. In connection with the purchase of this building, the Company loaned M(4)E, LLC $3.6 million in December 1997, which loan accrued interest at an annual rate of 7%. Such loan and interest thereon was repaid in March 1998.

As of December 5, 1997, the Company subleased to Lynch Corporation, an entity for which Mario J. Gabelli serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and is an approximately 23% stockholder, approximately 5,000 square feet in the building located at 401 Theodore Fremd Avenue, Rye, New York 10580. The sublease has a five-year term. Lynch Corporation pays rent to the Company at the rate of $18 per square foot, subject to adjustment for increases in taxes and other operating expenses, plus a minimum payment of $2.50 per square foot for electricity.

On August 12, 1996, the Company made a secured loan of $11.8 million to Lynch Corporation, which accrued interest at the annual rate of 10% and a 1% commitment fee. Such loan and interest thereon was repaid in August 1997. The Company also received a special fee equal to a 10% net profits interest (after a capital charge) in an entity now known as East/West Communications, Inc., which interest was converted into a 10% equity interest in December 1997.

GAMCO has entered into agreements to provide advisory and administrative services to MJG Associates, Inc., which is wholly owned by Mr. Gabelli, and to GSI with respect to the private investment funds

58

managed by each of them. Pursuant to such agreements, GSI and MJG Associates, Inc. each paid GAMCO $50,000 (excluding reimbursement of expenses) in 1997.

In March 1997, the Company made a loan of $10 million to Lynch Corporation which accrued interest at the prime rate and a 1% commitment fee. Such loan and interest thereon was repaid in June 1997.

In February 1998, the Company guaranteed a $30 million loan made by The Chase Manhattan Bank to Rivgam LMDS, LLC, an entity for which Mr. Gabelli is the Managing Member and in which he has a 71% ownership interest. Such loan and interest thereon was repaid in April 1998.

Gabelli Advisers, Inc. has two classes of stock. The Company owns 51.1% of the Class B common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. (representing approximately 40.9% of the total equity interest and 49.9% of the total voting power). The remainder of the Class B common stock is owned by the Company's staff, including 34.9% owned by a limited partnership controlled by Mr. Gabelli and owned by him and his children, 7% owned by Mr. Alpert, 1% owned by Mr. Jamieson, 1% owned by Mr. Bondi and the remaining 5% owned by the other staff members. Westwood Management, a wholly owned subsidiary of Southwest Securities Group, Inc., owns all of the Class A common stock (representing 20% of the total equity interest and 2.4% of the total voting power). In February 1998, Gabelli Advisers, Inc. offered all of its shareholders the opportunity to subscribe to a $3 million short-term debt offering in proportion to their economic ownership interest. In lieu of interest, Gabelli Advisers, Inc. offered a total of 60,000 warrants expiring in three years to acquire Class A common stock of Gabelli Advisers, Inc. at $5 per share. The majority of the shareholders participated in this offering, including Gabelli Partners, the above-mentioned limited partnership and Messrs. Alpert, Bondi and Jamieson.

Gabelli Securities International Limited ("Gabelli Securities International") was formed in 1994 to provide management and investment advisory services to the Gabelli International Gold Fund Limited ("GIGFL"), an offshore investment company investing primarily in securities of issuers with gold-related activities. One of Mr. Gabelli's children owns 55% of Gabelli Securities International and GSI owns the remaining 45%. GSI has entered into an agreement with Gabelli Securities International to provide investment advisory services to GIGFL in return for receiving all investment management fees paid by GIGFL. Pursuant to such agreement, GSI received investment management fees of $127,000, $162,000 and $14,000 in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

TRANSACTIONS WITH OTHER RELATED PARTIES

As required by the Company's Code of Ethics, the Company's staff members are required to maintain their brokerage accounts at Gabelli & Company unless they receive permission to maintain an outside account. Gabelli & Company offers all of its staff the opportunity to engage in brokerage transactions at discounted rates. Accordingly, many of the Company's staff members, including senior management, have brokerage accounts at Gabelli & Company and have engaged in securities transactions through it at discounted rates.

In connection with the acquisition of a limited partnership interest in a private fund managed by the Company, Mr. Jamieson executed a demand note with respect to a loan of $350,000, which accrues interest at an annual rate of 7%.

The Company has an agreement with Mr. Karl Otto Pohl to pay him an annual retainer fee equal to the difference between $250,000 and the amounts received by Mr. Pohl directly from the Mutual Funds for his service on the boards of directors of the Mutual Funds.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, 100,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. No Preferred Stock is outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus. Of the 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized, the 6,000,000 shares being offered in the Offering (6,900,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be outstanding, and 1,500,000 shares have been reserved for issuance pursuant to certain employee benefits plans. See "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan." Of the 100,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock authorized, 24,000,000 will be outstanding and held by

59

Gabelli Partners upon consummation of the Offering. The following is a summary description of all material terms and provisions relating to the Company's capital stock, Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), but is qualified by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, forms of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

COMMON STOCK

Voting Rights. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical voting rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and (ii) holders of Class A Common Stock are not eligible to vote on matters relating exclusively to Class B Common Stock and vice versa. Holders of Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by shareholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law, and subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock, amendments to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation generally must be approved by a majority of the combined voting power of all Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting together as a single class. Amendments to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized shares of any class or classes of Stock will be deemed not to affect adversely the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

Dividends. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will receive an equal amount per share in any dividend declared by the Board of Directors, subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding Preferred Stock. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock may be paid only as follows: (i) shares of Class A Common Stock may be paid only to holders of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common Stock may be paid only to holders of Class B Common Stock and (ii) shares will be paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

Other Rights. On liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment in full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of Preferred Stock, if any, all holders of Common Stock, regardless of class, are entitled to share ratably in any assets available for distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock. No shares of Common Stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock. Upon consummation of the Offering, all the outstanding Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

In the event of any corporate merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of property or stock, or other reorganization in which any consideration is to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock or the holders of Class B Common Stock as a class, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock will receive the same consideration on a per share basis; except that, if such consideration shall consist in any part of voting securities (or of options or warrants to purchase, or of securities convertible into or exchangeable for, voting securities), the holders of Class B Common Stock may receive, on a per share basis, voting securities with up to ten times the number of votes per share as those voting securities to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock (or options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, voting securities with up to ten times the number of votes per share as those voting securities issuable upon exercise of the options or warrants, or into which the convertible or exchangeable securities may be converted or exchanged, received by the holders of Class A Common Stock). Accordingly, except with respect to voting rights, the holders of Class B Common Stock will

60

not receive greater value than the holders of Class A Common Stock in an extraordinary corporate transaction involving the Company. In the event of any corporate merger, consolidation, purchase of property or stock or other reorganization to be accounted for under the pooling of interests method of accounting, in which the Company issues common stock, the Company anticipates that it will be required to issue shares of Class B Common Stock as consideration for such transaction.

Preferred Stock. As of the date of this Prospectus, no shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock in one or more series and may determine, with respect to any such series, the powers, preferences and rights of such series, and its qualifications, limitations and restrictions, including, without limitation, (i) the designation of the series; (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the designations for such series) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding); (iii) whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series; (iv) the conditions upon which and the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable, and the relation that such dividends, if any, will bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of Stock; (v) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; (vi) the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; (vii) the amounts payable on and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company; (viii) whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made; and (ix) the voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, if any, of the holders of shares of such series.

The Company believes that the ability of the Board of Directors to issue one or more series of Preferred Stock will provide the Company with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other corporate needs that might arise. The authorized shares of Preferred Stock will be available for issuance without further action by the Company's shareholders unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's securities may be listed or traded. The NYSE currently requires shareholder approval as a prerequisite to listing shares in several circumstances, including where the present or potential issuance of shares could result in an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, or in the amount of voting securities outstanding, of at least 20%.

Although the Board of Directors has no current intention of doing so, it could issue a series of Preferred Stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. The Board of Directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Board of Directors, in so acting, could issue Preferred Stock having terms that could discourage a potential acquirer from making, without first negotiating with the Board of Directors, an acquisition attempt through which such acquirer may be able to change the composition of the Board of Directors, including a tender offer or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the Company's shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then current market price of such stock.

BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE

Section 912 of the New York Business Corporation Law ("NYBCL") prohibits a company from entering into a business combination (e.g., a merger, consolidation, sale of 10% or more of a company's assets or issuance of securities with an aggregate market value of 5% or more of the aggregate market value of all of the company's outstanding capital stock) with a beneficial owner of 20% or more of a company's securities (a "20% shareholder") for a period of five years following the date such beneficial owner became a 20% shareholder (the "stock acquisition date"), unless, among other things, such business combination or the purchase of stock resulting in the 20% shareholder's beneficial ownership was approved by the Company's board of directors prior to the stock acquisition date or the business combination is approved by the affirmative

61

vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock exclusive of the stock beneficially owned by the 20% shareholder. The Bylaws of the Company were amended to provide that the Company will not be governed by Section 912 of the NYBCL effective July 2000.

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAW PROVISIONS

The summary set forth below describes certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Certain of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws discussed below may have the effect, either alone or in combination with the provisions of the NYBCL discussed above, of making more difficult or discouraging a tender offer, proxy contest or other takeover attempt that is opposed by the Board of Directors but that a shareholder might consider to be in such shareholder's best interest. Those provisions include (i) restrictions on the rights of shareholders to remove or elect directors; and (ii) prohibitions against shareholders calling a special meeting of shareholders. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions relating to the allocation of certain corporate opportunities and resolution of certain potential conflicts of interest. See "-- Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies," "-- Corporate Opportunity Policy" and "-- Conflict of Interests Policy."

Number of Directors; Removal; Filling Vacancies

The Bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by directors constituting a majority of the total number of directors that the Company would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (the "Whole Board"), with the Whole Board consisting of not more than nine nor less than five directors. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, any vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum. Accordingly, absent an amendment to the Bylaws, the Board of Directors could prevent any shareholder from enlarging the Board of Directors and filling the new directorships with such shareholder's own nominees.

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, effective as of the date on which Mr. Gabelli beneficially owns less than a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock (as defined below) (the "Trigger Date"), a director may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class. Before the Trigger Date, directors may be removed, without cause, with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Special Meetings

The Bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and the rights of shareholders to call a special meeting to elect a sufficient number of directors to conduct the business of the Company under specified circumstances, special meetings of shareholders can be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the Chairman of the Board, except that prior to the Trigger Date, special meetings can also be called at the request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock. Accordingly, effective as of the Trigger Date, shareholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require that the Board of Directors call a special meeting of shareholders except under the limited circumstances described in the preceding sentence. Moreover, the business permitted to be

62

conducted at any special meeting of shareholders is limited to the business brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting given by the Company.

The provisions of the Bylaws permitting special meetings to be called only by the Chairman or at the request of a majority of the Whole Board may have the effect, after the Trigger Date, of delaying consideration of a shareholder proposal until the next annual meeting. Moreover, a shareholder could not force shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the Chairman or a majority of the Whole Board by calling a special meeting of shareholders prior to the time such parties believe such consideration to be appropriate.

Liability of Directors; Indemnification

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the NYBCL, no director of the Company shall be liable to the Company or it shareholders for monetary damages for the breach of fiduciary duty in such capacity. Under the NYBCL, such provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of any director (i) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained a material profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the NYBCL or (ii) for any act or omission prior to the adoption of this provision. As a result of this provision, the Company and its shareholders may be unable to obtain monetary damages from a director for breach of his duty of care. Although shareholders may continue to seek injunctive or other equitable relief for an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by a director, shareholders may not have any effective remedy against the challenged conduct if equitable remedies are unavailable.

The Bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership or other enterprise. The Bylaws provide that indemnification will be from and against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by the indemnitee. However, this indemnification will only be provided if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, if the indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Overview of Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies

In order to address certain potential conflicts of interest between the Company and Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family and affiliates, Mr. Gabelli and members of his immediate family who are currently officers or directors of the Company have agreed to limitations on their activities in the investment management business other than Permissible Accounts. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Transactions with Mr. Gabelli and Affiliates." In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions concerning the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve Mr. Gabelli, members of his immediate family and affiliates, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors and shareholders in connection therewith.

For purposes of these provisions, (i) the "Company" includes its subsidiaries and other entities in which it beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities or comparable interests, and (ii) a "Gabelli" includes Mr. Gabelli, any member of his immediate family who is at the time an officer or director of the Company and any entity in which one or more Gabellis beneficially own a controlling interest of the outstanding voting securities or comparable interests. "Corporate opportunities" potentially allocable to the Company consist of business opportunities that (i) the Company is financially able to undertake; (ii) are, from their nature, in the Company's actual line or lines of business and are of practical advantage to the Company; and (iii) are ones in which the Company has an interest or reasonable expectancy. "Corporate opportunities" do not include transactions in which the Company or a Gabelli is permitted to participate pursuant to any agreement between the Company and such Gabelli that is in effect as of the time any equity security of the Company is held of record by any person other than a Gabelli or is subsequently entered into with the approval of the members of the Board of Directors and do not include passive investments.

63

Before the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, will be required to alter, amend or repeal any of these conflict of interest or corporate opportunity provisions in a manner adverse to the interests of any Gabelli. After the Trigger Date, such vote will be increased to 80% to alter, amend, repeal or replace any of the conflict of interest and corporate opportunity provisions.

Corporate Opportunity Policy

Except with respect to opportunities that involve Permissible Accounts, if a Gabelli acquires knowledge of a potential transaction on a matter that is a corporate opportunity for both any Gabelli and the Company, such Gabelli will have a duty to communicate that opportunity to the Company and may not pursue that opportunity or direct it to another person unless the Company declines such opportunity or fails to pursue it.

If a director or officer of the Company other than a Gabelli acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and a Gabelli, the Certificate of Incorporation requires that such director or officer act in good faith in accordance with the following two-part policy.

First, a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of the Company and who is also a director (whether or not an officer) of an entity which is at the time a Gabelli will belong to such Gabelli or to the Company, as the case may be, depending on whether the opportunity is expressly offered to the person primarily in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the entity which is at the time a Gabelli or of the Company, respectively. Otherwise, the opportunity will belong to the Company to the same extent as if the opportunity came directly to the Company.

Second, a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer (whether or not a director) of the Company and who is also a director or an officer of an entity which is at the time a Gabelli will belong to the Company, unless the opportunity is expressly offered to that person primarily in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the entity which is at the time a Gabelli, in which case the opportunity will belong to such Gabelli to the same extent as if the opportunity came directly to a Gabelli.

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, a director or officer of the Company (other than a Gabelli) who acts in accordance with the foregoing two-part policy (i) will be deemed fully to have satisfied his or her fiduciary duties to the Company and its shareholders with respect to such corporate opportunity; (ii) will not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for any breach of fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that a Gabelli pursues or acquires such opportunity or directs such corporate opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate information regarding such opportunity to the Company; (iii) will be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company; and
(iv) will be deemed not to have breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders and not to have derived an improper benefit therefrom.

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, any corporate opportunity that belongs to a Gabelli or to the Company pursuant to the foregoing policy will not be pursued by the other (or directed by the other to another person or entity) unless and until such Gabelli or the Company, as the case may be, determines not to pursue the opportunity. If the party to whom the corporate opportunity belongs does not, however, within a reasonable period of time, begin to pursue, or thereafter continue to pursue, such opportunity diligently and in good faith, the other party may pursue such opportunity (or direct it to another person or entity).

Conflict of Interests Policy

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that no contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, or any amendment, modification or termination thereof, or any waiver of any right thereunder, (each, a "Transaction") between the Company and (i) a Gabelli, (ii) any customer or supplier, (iii) any entity in which a director of the Company has a financial interest (a "Related Entity"), or (iv) one or more of the directors or officers of the Company or any Related Entity; will be voidable solely because any of the persons or entities listed in (i) through (iv) above are parties thereto, if the standard specified below is satisfied. Further, no

64

Transaction will be voidable solely because any such directors or officers are present at or participate in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the Transaction or because their votes are counted for such purpose, if the standard specified is satisfied. That standard will be satisfied, and such Gabelli, the Related Entity, and the directors and officers of the Company, or the Related Entity (as applicable) will be deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith (to the extent such standard is applicable to such person's conduct) and fully to have satisfied any duties of loyalty and fiduciary duties they may have to the Company and its shareholders with respect to such Transaction if any of the following four requirements are met:

(i) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the Transaction are disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or the committee thereof that authorizes the Transaction, and the Board of Directors or such committee in good faith approves the Transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board of Directors or such committee, even if the disinterested directors are less than a quorum;

(ii) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the Transaction are disclosed or known to the holders of Voting Stock entitled to vote thereon, and the Transaction is specifically approved by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned by such Gabelli or such Related Entity, voting together as a single class;

(iii) the Transaction is effected pursuant to guidelines that are in good faith approved by a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board of Directors or the applicable committee thereof or by vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding voting Stock not owned by such Gabelli or such Related Entity, voting together as a single class; or

(iv) the Transaction is fair to the Company as of the time it is approved by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders of the Company.

The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any such Transaction authorized, approved, or effected, and each of such guidelines so authorized or approved, as described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, will be deemed to be entirely fair to the Company and its shareholders, except that, if such authorization or approval is not obtained, or such Transaction is not so effected, no presumption will arise that such Transaction or guideline is not fair to the Company and its shareholders. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that a Gabelli will not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for breach of any fiduciary duty that a Gabelli may have as a shareholder of the Company by reason of the fact that a Gabelli takes any action in connection with any transaction between such Gabelli and the Company. For purposes of these provisions, interests in an entity that are not equity or ownership interests or that constitute less than 10% of the equity or ownership interests of such entity will not be considered to confer a financial interest on any person who beneficially owns such interests.

The New York courts have not ruled on the validity or enforceability of provisions similar to the corporate opportunity and conflicts of interest provisions that are included in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and could rule that certain liabilities which they purport to eliminate remain in effect.

LISTING

The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the symbol "GBL."

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is .

65

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after consummation of the Offering, the Company will have 6 million shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding (6.9 million shares of Class A Common Stock if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) and 24 million shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except that shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (an "Affiliate")) will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. The 24 million shares of Class B Common Stock owned by Gabelli Partners are "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act other than pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, (i) a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of Common Stock as to which at least one year has elapsed since such shares were sold by the Company or by an Affiliate of the Company in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering ("restricted securities") or (ii) an Affiliate of the Company who holds shares of Common Stock that are not restricted securities may sell, within any three-month period, a number of such shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the Company's class of Common Stock then outstanding or the average weekly trading volume in the class of Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale required under Rule 144 was filed. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain provisions relating to the manner and notice of sale and availability of current public information about the Company. Affiliates of the Company must comply with the requirements of Rule 144, including the one-year holding period requirement, to sell shares of Common Stock that are restricted securities. Furthermore, if a period of at least two years has elapsed from the date restricted securities were acquired from the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, a holder of such restricted securities who is not an Affiliate of the Company at the time of the sale and has not been an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months prior to such sale would be entitled to sell such shares without regard to the volume limitation and other conditions described above.

For a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, (i) the Company and Gabelli Partners have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, except for the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering and options granted in the ordinary course of business under the Plan and (ii) shareholders of Gabelli Partners who are also officers and directors of the Company have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners, except in transactions between existing shareholders of Gabelli Partners and through gifts, in each case, to persons who agree to be bound by similar restrictions. See "Underwriting." In addition, Gabelli Partners has agreed with the Company that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class B Common Stock for a period of three years after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company.

The shares of Class A Common Stock authorized for issuance pursuant to awards that may be granted under the Company's 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares obtained by the Company through market or private purchases. See "Management -- 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan." The Company intends to register under the Securities Act the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted pursuant to the 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan.

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for Class A Common Stock. Although the Company can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares of Class B Common Stock by Gabelli Partners would have on the market price of Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time, sales of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Common Stock. See "Risk Factors -- Shares Available for Future Sale or Distribution."

66

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ("Salomon Smith Barney"), and Gabelli & Company are acting as representatives (the "Representatives") of each of the Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") among the Company and the Underwriters, the Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters severally and not jointly has agreed to purchase from the Company, the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.

                                                              NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                   SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
             Incorporated...................................
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ..................................
Gabelli & Company, Inc. ....................................

                                                              --------
             Total..........................................  6,000,000
                                                              ========

The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock in part directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at such price less a concession of $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the public offering price and such concessions may from time to time be varied by the Representatives. Under the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby, if any are taken.

The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 900,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the price to the public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus minus the underwriting discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering of the shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set forth opposite each Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares listed in such table.

For a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith Barney, (i) the Company and Gabelli Partners have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities of the Company which are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or any such other securities, except for the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering and options granted in the ordinary course of business under the Plan and (ii) shareholders of Gabelli Partners who are also officers and directors of the Company have agreed with the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock of Gabelli Partners, except in transactions between existing shareholders of Gabelli Partners and through gifts, in each case, to persons who agree to be bound by similar restrictions.

In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell the Class A Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with the Offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A Common Stock; and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of

67

shares of Class A Common Stock than they are required to purchase from the Company in the Offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Class A Common Stock sold in the Offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Class A Common Stock is repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market, and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Gabelli & Company, one of the Underwriters, is an indirect 76.6%-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Offering is therefore being conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 to the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock not be higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" meeting certain standards. Accordingly, Merrill Lynch is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the Offering and conducting due diligence. In connection with the Offering, Merrill Lynch in its role as qualified independent underwriter has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus is no higher than the price recommended by Merrill Lynch.

Prior to the Offering, there has not been any public market for the Class A Common Stock of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares of Class A Common Stock included in the Offering has been determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors considered in determining such price were the history of and prospects for the Company's business and the industry in which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management and the present state of the Company's development, the past and present revenues and earnings of the Company, the prospects for growth of the Company's revenues and earnings, the current state of the economy in the United States and the current level of economic activity in the industry in which the Company competes and in related or comparable industries, and currently prevailing conditions in the securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies which are comparable to the Company.

The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of shares of Class A Common Stock to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the symbol "GBL." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Common Stock on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Certain of the Underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking services to the Company and its affiliates for which they may receive customary fees. In addition, each of the Representatives of the Underwriters distributes the Company's Mutual Funds (and provides shareholder services in connection therewith) in the ordinary course of business for which it receives customary compensation.

68

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of GFI at December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended from time to time and together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering. This Prospectus constitutes a part of the Registration Statement and does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document are summaries of the material terms of such contract or other document. With respect to such statements in the Prospectus, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for a more complete description, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. For further information regarding the Company and the Class A Common Stock, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement, a copy of which may be obtained from the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.

The Registration Statement, and the reports and other information to be filed by the Company with the Commission following the Offering in accordance with the Exchange Act, can be inspected and copied at the principal office of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the Commission: 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material may be obtained from the Commission's website, http://www.sec.gov, and from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.

The Company intends to furnish to its shareholders annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

69

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND
  SUBSIDIARIES

Report of Independent Auditors..............................   F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..........................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of
  December 31, 1996 and 1997................................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..............   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..........................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
  GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine
  month periods ended September 30, 1997 and 1998...........  F-16
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as
  of September 30, 1998.....................................  F-17
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for
  the nine month period ended September 30, 1998............  F-18
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine
  month periods ended September 30, 1997 and 1998...........  F-19
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements........  F-20

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND
  FINANCIAL CONDITION
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income.......  F-22
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Financial
  Condition.................................................  F-24
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
  Statements................................................  F-25


Gabelli Asset Management Inc. is a holding company that was newly formed in connection with the Offering and, accordingly, has not previously engaged in any business operations, acquired any assets or incurred any liabilities other than in connection with the Offering. Accordingly, the historical financial statements of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. are not included in this Prospectus because management has determined that they are not material to an investment decision.

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gabelli Funds, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Gabelli Funds, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Gabelli Funds, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

March 11, 1998

F-2

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                1995          1996          1997
                                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
REVENUES
Investment advisory and incentive fees.....................   $ 77,302      $ 84,244      $ 89,684
Commission revenue.........................................      5,706         6,667         7,496
Distribution fees and other income.........................      6,302         7,257         8,096
                                                              --------      --------      --------
     Total revenues........................................     89,310        98,168       105,276
                                                              --------      --------      --------
EXPENSES
Compensation costs.........................................     39,384        41,814        45,260
Management fee.............................................      9,423        10,192        10,580
Other operating expenses...................................     18,709        19,274        18,690
                                                              --------      --------      --------
     Total expenses........................................     67,516        71,280        74,530
                                                              --------      --------      --------
Operating income...........................................     21,794        26,888        30,746
                                                              --------      --------      --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Net gain from investments..................................     10,105         8,783         7,888
Interest and dividend income...............................      5,853         5,406         4,634
Interest expense...........................................       (679)         (879)       (1,876)
Other......................................................        147           331          (109)
                                                              --------      --------      --------
     Total other income, net...............................     15,426        13,641        10,537
                                                              --------      --------      --------
Income before income taxes and minority interest...........     37,220        40,529        41,283
Income taxes...............................................      7,769         7,631         3,077
Minority interest..........................................      2,555         2,727         1,529
                                                              --------      --------      --------
Net income.................................................   $ 26,896      $ 30,171      $ 36,677
                                                              ========      ========      ========
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
Income before income taxes and minority interest, as
  reported.................................................                               $ 41,283
Pro forma adjustments for expense allocations and interest
  income and expense.......................................                                 (7,629)
Pro forma management fee adjustment........................                                  6,156
Pro forma provision for income taxes.......................                                (15,735)
Pro forma minority interest................................                                 (1,677)
                                                                                          --------
Pro forma net income.......................................                               $ 22,398
                                                                                          ========
Pro forma net income per share:
     Basic and diluted.....................................                               $    .75
                                                                                          ========
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
     Basic and diluted.....................................                                 30,000
                                                                                          ========

See accompanying notes.

F-3

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1996         1997
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                   SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $ 32,949     $ 12,610
PCS licenses and deposits...................................    21,661       84,862
Investments in securities...................................    59,812       56,607
Investments in partnerships and affiliates..................    35,133       46,972
Investment advisory fees receivable.........................     7,339        8,484
Receivables from affiliates.................................    12,353        6,534
Notes and other receivables.................................     5,230        4,578
Capital lease...............................................        --        3,679
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of
  $148......................................................        --        1,932
Other assets................................................     8,047        6,478
                                                              --------     --------
     Total assets...........................................  $182,524     $232,736
                                                              ========     ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Bank loan payable...........................................  $     --     $ 30,000
Notes payable...............................................     7,011        7,108
Income taxes payable (including deferred income taxes of
  $2,768 in 1996 and $2,818 in 1997)........................     4,372        3,752
Capital lease obligation....................................        --        3,650
Compensation payable........................................     3,589        3,456
Accrued expenses and other liabilities......................     7,978        9,848
                                                              --------     --------
     Total liabilities......................................    22,950       57,814
                                                              --------     --------
Minority interest...........................................    21,041       11,303
                                                              --------     --------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding 174,803 and 185,937 shares,
     respectively...........................................         2            2
  Additional paid-in capital................................     2,967       12,372
  Retained earnings.........................................   136,690      152,775
  Notes receivable..........................................    (1,126)      (1,530)
                                                              --------     --------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................   138,533      163,619
                                                              --------     --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $182,524     $232,736
                                                              ========     ========

See accompanying notes.

F-4

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                     ADDITIONAL
                                            COMMON    PAID-IN     RETAINED     NOTES
                                            STOCK     CAPITAL     EARNINGS   RECEIVABLE    TOTAL
                                            ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------
Balance at December 31, 1994..............    $2      $ 1,367     $106,535    $    --     $107,904
  Repurchase and retirement of 536
     shares...............................    --          (39)        (291)        --         (330)
  Issuance of note receivable.............    --           --           --       (235)        (235)
  Issuance of 750 shares..................    --          397           --         --          397
  Distributions to shareholders...........    --           --      (18,670)        --      (18,670)
  Accretion of stock option...............    --          110           --         --          110
  Net income..............................    --           --       26,896         --       26,896
                                              --      -------     --------    -------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1995..............     2        1,835      114,470       (235)     116,072
  Repurchase and retirement of 1,600
     shares...............................    --           (9)      (1,273)        --       (1,282)
  Issuance of note receivable.............    --           --           --       (891)        (891)
  Issuance of 1,704 shares................    --        1,141           --         --        1,141
  Distributions to shareholders...........    --           --       (6,678)        --       (6,678)
  Net income..............................    --           --       30,171         --       30,171
                                              --      -------     --------    -------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1996..............     2        2,967      136,690     (1,126)     138,533
  Repurchase and retirement of 50
     shares...............................    --          (38)          --         --          (38)
  Net issuances of notes receivable.......    --           --           --       (404)        (404)
  Issuance of 11,184 shares...............    --        9,443           --         --        9,443
  Distributions to shareholders...........    --           --      (20,592)        --      (20,592)
  Net income..............................    --           --       36,677         --       36,677
                                              --      -------     --------    -------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1997..............    $2      $12,372     $152,775    $(1,530)    $163,619
                                              ==      =======     ========    =======     ========

See accompanying notes.

F-5

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                             --------------------------------
                                                               1995        1996        1997
                                                             --------    --------    --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income.................................................  $ 26,896    $ 30,171    $ 36,677
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
  Equity in earnings of partnerships and affiliates........    (5,744)     (5,997)     (7,886)
  Depreciation and amortization............................       339         424         451
  Deferred income taxes....................................       884        (114)         50
  Minority interest in net income of consolidated
     subsidiaries..........................................     2,555       2,727       1,529
  Accretion of stock option................................       110          --          --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Investments in securities.............................   (11,862)      4,435       3,205
     Investment advisory fees receivable...................      (533)        526      (1,145)
     Receivables from affiliates...........................        --     (12,353)      5,819
     Notes and other receivables...........................        --      (5,230)      1,027
     Due from broker/dealers...............................        --      (1,764)     (1,391)
     Other assets..........................................      (430)     (2,103)      2,837
     Notes payable.........................................        --          --        (879)
     Income taxes payable..................................    (1,312)      1,470        (670)
     Compensation payable..................................     1,090      (1,933)       (133)
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities................     1,721         366        (920)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total adjustments..........................................   (13,182)    (19,546)      1,894
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................    13,714      10,625      38,571
                                                             --------    --------    --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of PCS licenses and deposits.....................        --     (21,661)    (63,201)
Distributions from partnerships and affiliates.............     2,128       5,101       2,607
Investments in partnerships and affiliates.................    (6,241)     (2,832)     (6,560)
Cost of acquisitions.......................................        --          --      (2,175)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net cash (used in) investing activities....................    (4,113)    (19,392)    (69,329)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from bank loan....................................        --          --      30,000
Distributions to shareholders..............................   (18,670)     (5,988)    (17,794)
Repayments of subsidiaries' notes receivable...............        95         127           5
Issuances of subsidiaries' common stock....................       864          --         108
Purchase of minority stockholders' interest................      (409)         --      (1,864)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock....................       162         738          --
Payment for common stock repurchased and retired...........      (331)       (581)        (38)
Repayments of notes receivable.............................        --          --           2
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities........   (18,289)     (5,704)     10,419
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents................    (8,688)    (14,471)    (20,339)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............    56,108      47,420      32,949
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................  $ 47,420    $ 32,949    $ 12,610
                                                             ========    ========    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest.....................................  $    679    $    879    $  1,784
                                                             ========    ========    ========
Cash paid for income taxes.................................  $  8,896    $  5,952    $  3,337
                                                             ========    ========    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITY
Issuance of note payable for repurchase of subsidiary's
  common stock.............................................  $     --    $     --    $    976
                                                             ========    ========    ========
Issuance of note payable for repurchase of common stock....  $     --    $  1,232    $     --
                                                             ========    ========    ========
Receipt of note for common stock sold......................  $    235    $    891    $    404
                                                             ========    ========    ========
Receipt of notes for sale of minority interest.............  $     --    $     --    $    375
                                                             ========    ========    ========

See accompanying notes.

F-6

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997

A. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and earnings of Gabelli Funds, Inc. ("GFI"), its wholly-owned subsidiary GAMCO Investors, Inc. ("GAMCO"), and GFI's majority-owned subsidiaries consisting of Gabelli Securities, Inc. ("GSI"), Gabelli Fixed Income LLC ("Fixed Income") and Gabelli Advisers LLC ("Advisers") (collectively, the "Company").

Prior to a reorganization on January 1, 1997, GFI owned approximately 79% of GAMCO. On that date, all outstanding shares of GAMCO not previously held by GFI were either redeemed at book value by GAMCO or exchanged for shares of GFI at a predetermined ratio. At December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, GFI owned approximately 76% of GSI and 41% of Advisers, which, combined with the voting interests of affiliated parties, represents voting control. At December 31, 1997, GFI owned approximately 80% of Fixed Income, which commenced operations on April 15, 1997. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Nature of Operations

GFI, GAMCO, Fixed Income and Advisers are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Gabelli & Company, Inc. ("Gabelli & Company"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSI, is a registered broker-dealer. Gabelli & Company acts as an introducing broker and all transactions for its customers are cleared through New York Stock Exchange member firms on a fully disclosed basis. Accordingly, open customer transactions are not reflected in the accompanying statements of financial condition. Gabelli & Company is exposed to credit losses on these open positions in the event of nonperformance by its customers. This exposure is reduced by the clearing brokers' policy of obtaining and maintaining adequate collateral until the open transaction is completed.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market mutual funds.

Investments in Securities

Investments in securities are accounted for as "trading securities" and are stated at quoted market values. Securities which are not readily marketable are stated at their estimated fair values as determined by the Company's management. The resulting unrealized gains and losses are included in net gain from investments. Security transactions and any related gains and losses are recorded on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses from securities transactions are recorded on the identified cost basis.

The Company periodically enters into short sales. Securities sold short are stated at quoted market values and represent obligations of the Company to purchase the securities at prevailing market prices. The ultimate gains or losses recognized are dependent upon the prices at which these securities are purchased to settle the obligations under the sales commitments.

F-7

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Investments in Partnerships and Affiliates

Investments in partnerships, whose underlying assets consist of marketable securities, and investments in affiliates are accounted for using the equity method, under which the Company's share of net earnings or losses of these partnerships and affiliated entities is reflected in income as earned and distributions received are reductions of the investments. Investments in partnerships for which market values are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined by the Company's management.

Investment Advisory Fees

Investment advisory fees are recognized as revenue as the related services are performed. Investment advisory fees are based on predetermined percentages of the market values of the portfolios under management.

Depreciation and Amortization

Fixed assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives or lease terms, whichever is shorter.

Intangible Assets

The cost in excess of net assets acquired is amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years. The carrying value of cost in excess of net assets acquired is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may not be recoverable based upon expectations of operating income and non-discounted cash flows over its remaining life.

Minority Interest

Minority interest represents the minority stockholders' ownership of GAMCO for 1995 and 1996, Fixed Income for 1997 and GSI and Advisers for 1995, 1996 and 1997. With the exception of GSI, these minority stockholders are principally employees, officers and directors of the Company.

Earnings Per Share

The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share". Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings per common share assumes full dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the total of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and common stock equivalents.

Business Segments

The Company has not presented business segment data in accordance with SFAS No. 131 because it operates predominantly in one business segment, the investment advisory and asset management business.

Distribution Costs

The Company incurs certain promotion and distribution costs, which are expensed as incurred, related to the sale of shares of mutual funds advised by the Company (the "Funds").

Comprehensive Income

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", which requires companies to report all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. The Company has not presented a consolidated statement of comprehensive income because it does not have any items of "other comprehensive income".

F-8

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

B. INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES

Investments in securities at December 31, 1996 and 1997 consist of the following:

                                                     1996                  1997
                                              ------------------    ------------------
                                                         MARKET                MARKET
                                               COST       VALUE      COST       VALUE
                                              -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
U.S. Government obligations.................  $16,932    $17,385    $ 6,229    $ 6,352
Common stocks...............................   13,530     20,543     13,551     19,895
Mutual funds................................   13,180     15,057     21,265     25,707
Corporate bonds.............................      198        312         --         --
Preferred stocks............................    1,854      1,960        300      1,038
Other investments...........................    1,492      4,555        862      3,615
                                              -------    -------    -------    -------
                                              $47,186    $59,812    $42,207    $56,607
                                              =======    =======    =======    =======

C. INVESTMENTS IN PARTNERSHIPS AND AFFILIATES

The Company is a co-General Partner of various limited partnerships whose underlying assets consist primarily of marketable securities. As co-General Partner, the Company is contingently liable for all of the partnerships' liabilities. Summary financial information, including the Company's carrying value and income from these partnerships at December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the years then ended, which are accounted for using the equity method, is as follows (in thousands):

                                                           1996        1997
                                                         --------    --------
Total assets...........................................  $125,059    $131,281
Total liabilities......................................    16,630       1,458
Equity.................................................   108,429     129,823
Net earnings...........................................     8,364      12,073
Company's carrying value...............................    11,613      14,479
Company's income.......................................     1,944       3,065

Income from the above partnerships for the year ended December 31, 1995 was approximately $2,505,000.

The Company's income from these partnerships consists of its pro rata capital allocation and its share of a 20% incentive allocation from the limited partners. The general partners also receive an annual administrative fee based on a percentage of each partnership's net assets, excluding the capital accounts of the general partners and related parties. For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company earned administrative fees of approximately $836,000, $820,000 and $1,085,000, respectively.

At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had various limited partner interests in unaffiliated limited partnerships aggregating approximately $23,065,000 and $32,332,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, the gains recorded by the Company in these investments approximated $3,092,000, $3,722,000 and $5,666,000, respectively.

At December 31, 1996, the Company was a 50% general partner in two investment advisory companies, one which managed fixed income mutual funds and the other which managed separate accounts. In addition, it had a 49% investment in a related broker-dealer. These investments were accounted for using the equity method. The carrying value of these entities at December 31, 1996 was approximately $450,000. In April 1997, through the acquisition of the general partnership interests held by the other general partner and a reorganization into Fixed Income, the Company increased its ownership stake in these companies to approximately 80%. This transaction resulted in the recognition of approximately $2,080,000 of cost in excess

F-9

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

of net assets acquired, which is being amortized over a period of 10 years. The results of Fixed Income's operations are included in the consolidated statement of income effective April 15, 1997. For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company recorded equity income (loss) from these entities of approximately $147,000, $331,000 and $(109,000), respectively. Pro forma information relating to this transaction is not presented because its effect is immaterial.

D. NOTES RECEIVABLE

At December 31, 1996, the Company had a note receivable amounting to $11,800,000, which represents a loan made during 1996 to an affiliate, Lynch Corporation. The interest rate on the note was 10% per annum. In addition, there was a one-time commitment fee of 1% and a special fee equal to 10% of the net profits of an affiliate of Lynch Corporation. The affiliate was the high bidder for Personal Communications Services ("PCS") licenses in the Federal Communications Commission's ("FCC") F Block Auction concluded in January 1997. In 1997, the affiliate repaid all outstanding principal and interest due on this loan. Additionally, the Company transferred its 10% net profits interest in exchange for an equity ownership in a non-controlled entity which currently holds these PCS licenses.

At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had full recourse notes and interest receivable from directors of GAMCO in the amount of approximately $1,560,000 and $1,666,000, respectively, which are secured by the directors' ownership interests in the Company and various affiliates. The notes bear interest at an annual rate of 7% and are payable on demand.

At December 31, 1997, the Company had a note receivable of approximately $603,000 from an affiliated entity in which the Company has a 49.9% ownership interest. Under the terms of the note, 15% of the realized net profits of the affiliate are payable to the Company. The note is secured by a security interest in all of the assets of the affiliate, which consist primarily of Wireless Communications Service ("WCS") licenses. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company did not record any income under the terms of the note.

At December 31, 1997, the Company had a note receivable from an entity controlled by certain stockholders of the Company in the amount of $3,600,000. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 7%. All principal and interest due on the note was repaid in 1998.

The Company has approximately $2,464,000 in various other notes and interest receivable outstanding at December 31, 1997 from certain executive officers, directors and employees in connection with the acquisition of stock and other ownership interests in the Company. Interest rates on these notes range from 5% to 10%.

E. INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method prescribed by SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

GFI and GSI each file separate income tax returns. Accordingly, the tax provision represents the aggregate of the amounts provided for all companies.

GFI elected to be treated as a Subchapter "S" corporation for federal and state income tax purposes effective January 1, 1995. On January 1, 1997, the Company elected to treat GAMCO as a Qualified Subchapter "S" subsidiary for Federal and state income tax purposes. As a result of converting from a taxable "C" corporation to a nontaxable "S" corporation, a federal income tax will be imposed on any "built-in gain" recognized by the Company on the disposition of assets within ten years from the date of conversion. The Company retained its existing deferred tax liability at the date of conversion to the extent of the estimated built-in gains tax. This tax liability is subject to remeasurement at each financial statement date until the end of the ten-year period.

F-10

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 consisted of the following:

                                                               1995      1996      1997
                                                              ------    ------    ------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Federal:
  Current...................................................  $5,667    $6,232    $2,399
  Deferred..................................................     854       (93)       (8)
State and local:
  Current...................................................   1,218     1,514       628
  Deferred..................................................      30       (22)       58
                                                              ------    ------    ------
                                                              $7,769    $7,631    $3,077
                                                              ======    ======    ======

The Company's deferred income tax liability at December 31, 1996 and 1997 relates primarily to unrealized gains and losses on investments in securities and partnerships.

The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes calculated on a separate return basis in conformity with SFAS No. 109, is as follows:

                                                                  1997
                                                                  ----
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
Federal:
  Current...................................................    $11,275
  Deferred..................................................      2,339
State and local:
  Current...................................................      1,971
  Deferred..................................................        150
                                                                -------
                                                                $15,735
                                                                =======

The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes and minority interest as a result of the following differences:

                                                                  1997
                                                                  ----
Statutory federal income tax rate...........................       35.0%
Dividends received deduction................................       (0.2)%
State and local income taxes................................        4.5%
Other items.................................................        0.2%
                                                                -------
Effective income tax rate...................................       39.5%
                                                                =======

F. BANK LOAN AND NOTES PAYABLE

In 1997, the Company, through Rivgam Communicators, LLC ("Rivgam"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAMCO, entered into a credit facility with The Chase Manhattan Bank under which Rivgam has borrowed $30 million. Interest is variable based upon changes in the London Interbank Offering Rate or the Federal Funds Rate. The loan, which is guaranteed by GAMCO, is due in four equal annual installments starting May 12, 1998. The Company believes that the fair value of the loan approximates its carrying value. Under the terms of the loan, GAMCO is required to comply with certain debt covenants, which it complied with through December 31, 1997.

At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had notes payable outstanding of approximately $5,779,000 and $4,900,000, respectively, which mature on May 31, 2003, unless certain circumstances arise

F-11

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

which allow for an accelerated repayment. The notes accrue interest at 2% over the prime rate, subject to a minimum interest rate of 9% and a maximum interest rate of 15%, payable quarterly. Interest expense on these notes amounted to approximately $636,000, $636,000 and $557,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

On September 30, 1996, a note payable amounting to $1,232,000 was issued as consideration for repurchase of the Company's common stock. The note matured and was fully paid on January 2, 1998. The note accrued interest at an annual rate of 10%, payable quarterly. Interest expense on this note amounted to approximately $31,000 and $123,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

In connection with the restructuring of GAMCO's ownership, GAMCO issued a note payable in 1997 of approximately $976,000 to an employee and director of the Company and GAMCO, respectively, in consideration for repurchase of GAMCO common stock. The note matures on January 2, 2000, unless certain circumstances arise which allow for an accelerated repayment. GAMCO also has the option to redeem the note at any time prior to maturity at predetermined rates. The note accrues interest at an annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly. Interest expense on this note amounted to approximately $117,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

G. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Upon their disassociation with the Company, certain stockholders of the Company are required to sell their shares to the Company at book value (approximately $14.5 million at December 31, 1997).

H. CAPITAL LEASE

In December 1997, the Company signed an agreement to lease new primary office space from a company owned by stockholders of GFI. The Company has recorded a capital lease asset and liability for the fair value of the leased property. Amortization of the capital lease is computed on the straight-line method over the term of the lease, which expires on April 30, 2013. The lease provides that all operating expenses relating to the property (such as property taxes, utilities and maintenance) are to be paid by the lessee, the Company.

Future minimum lease payments for this capitalized property at December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
1998...........................................     $   720
1999...........................................         720
2000...........................................         720
2001...........................................         720
2002...........................................         720
Thereafter.....................................       7,896
                                                    -------
Total minimum obligations......................      11,496
Interest.......................................       4,471
                                                    -------
Present value of net obligations...............     $ 7,025
                                                    =======

Future minimum lease payments have not been reduced by related minimum future sublease rentals of approximately $1,885,000, of which approximately $515,000 is due from an affiliated entity. Lease payments under this agreement amounted to approximately $50,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

Total minimum obligations exclude the operating expenses to be borne by the Company, which are estimated to be $400,000 per year.

F-12

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

I. COMMITMENTS

The Company rents office space under leases which expire at various dates through 2001. Future minimum lease commitments under these operating leases as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
1998...........................................      $  880
1999...........................................         756
2000...........................................         665
2001...........................................         593
                                                     ------
                                                     $2,894
                                                     ======

Equipment rentals and occupancy expense amounted to approximately $1,729,000, $1,457,000 and $1,644,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.

J. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

GFI serves as the investment adviser for the Funds and earns advisory fees based on predetermined percentages of the average net assets of the Funds. In addition, Gabelli & Company has entered into distribution agreements with each of the Funds. As principal distributor, Gabelli & Company incurs certain promotional and distribution costs related to the sale of Fund shares, for which it receives a fee or reimbursement from the Funds.

The Company had an aggregate investment in the Funds of approximately $40,902,000 and $34,464,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, of which approximately $27,966,000 and $11,305,000, respectively, is invested in a money market mutual fund.

Gabelli & Company earns a majority of its commission revenue from transactions executed on behalf of clients of affiliated companies.

The Company is required to pay the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer a management fee which is equal to 20% of the pretax profits of each of the Company's operating divisions before consideration of this management fee. This fee approximated $9,423,000, $10,192,000 and $10,580,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer also received portfolio management compensation and account executive fees of approximately $19,533,000, $21,260,000 and $23,005,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, which have been included in compensation costs.

The Company contributed approximately $1,628,000 and $1,014,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, to an accredited charitable foundation, of which the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company is an officer.

In March 1997, the Company made a secured loan of $10 million to Lynch Corporation which accrued interest at the prime rate and included a 1% commitment fee. The loan and all accrued interest were repaid in June 1997.

K. FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS

The Company is required to maintain minimum capital levels with affiliated partnerships. At December 31, 1997, the minimum capital requirements approximated $1,298,000. In addition, at December 31, 1997, the Company had commitments to make investments in unaffiliated partnerships of approximately $1,600,000.

As a registered broker-dealer, Gabelli & Company is subject to Uniform Net Capital Rule 15c3-1 (the "Rule") of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Gabelli & Company computes its net capital under the alternative method permitted by the Rule which requires minimum net capital of $250,000. At December 31, 1997, Gabelli & Company had net capital in excess of the minimum requirement of approximately $6,300,000.

F-13

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

L. ADMINISTRATION FEES

The Company has entered into administration agreements with other companies (the "Administrators"), whereby the Administrators provide certain services on behalf of several of the Funds. Such services do not include the investment advisory and portfolio management services provided by the Company. The fees are negotiated based on predetermined percentages of the net assets of each of the Funds for which such agreements have been entered into.

M. PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

The Company has a qualified contributory employee profit sharing plan and incentive savings plan covering substantially all employees. Company contributions to the plans are determined annually by the Board of Directors but may not exceed the amount permitted as a deductible expense under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company accrued contributions of approximately $102,000, $121,000 and $80,000 to the plans for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

N. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

During 1997 and 1996, the Company's trading activities included transactions in domestic equity index futures contracts. These financial instruments represent future commitments to purchase or sell an underlying index for specified amounts at specified future dates. Such contracts create off-balance sheet risk for the Company as the future satisfaction of these contracts may be for amounts in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The amounts disclosed below represent the notional amounts outstanding, end of year fair values and average fair values of domestic equity index futures contracts sold as of and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997:

                                          NOTIONAL                        AVERAGE FAIR
                                          AMOUNTS                         VALUE FOR THE
                                       OUTSTANDING AT    FAIR VALUE AT     YEAR ENDED
                YEAR                    DECEMBER 31       DECEMBER 31      DECEMBER 31
                ----                   --------------    -------------    -------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
1997.................................     $33,246            $ 202            $(776)
1996.................................     $32,877            $(626)           $(425)

At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had margin deposits of approximately $1,200,000 and $1,470,000, respectively, with a futures broker for these open futures contracts.

In connection with this futures activity, the Company incurred losses of approximately $3,692,000 and $8,063,000 during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997. Such losses are reflected as part of net gain from investments in the consolidated statements of income.

O. EARNINGS PER SHARE

For purposes of the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation, the denominator represents the shares outstanding prior to the Offering. For purposes of the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculation, the denominator represents the shares expected to be outstanding immediately after the Offering, including the sale of 6 million shares of Class A Common Stock.

P. FCC LICENSES

The Company, through Rivgam, purchased FCC licenses auctioned by the FCC in 1997. The FCC licenses are valued at the lower of their original purchase cost or their market value. Market values are determined based upon the most recent public auction for similar licenses, or in the absence thereof, fair value estimates provided by independent companies that solicit bids for such licenses.

Q. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

Loan Guarantee

In February 1998, the Company guaranteed a $30 million loan made by a commercial bank to Rivgam LMDS, LLC, an entity for which the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company is

F-14

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the managing member and in which he has a controlling interest. All principal and interest on the loan was repaid by Rivgam LMDS, LLC on April 3, 1998, thereby relieving the Company of its obligation under the guarantee.

Sale of PCS Licenses

During 1998, the Company sold certain of its PCS licenses with a cost basis of $51,000,000. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $17,400,000, net of investment banking, management and other related fees of approximately $10,700,000 paid principally to related parties, of which $4,196,000 was paid to the Company's Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.

Reorganization and Initial Public Offering (Formation Transactions)

Prior to the initial public offering (the "Offering"), the Company will transfer substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory and underwriting business to Gabelli Asset Management Inc. ("GAMI"), in exchange for 24 million shares of GAMI's Class B Common Stock, representing all of its issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Reorganization"). GAMI is a newly formed company, incorporated in April 1998 in the state of New York with no significant assets or liabilities and which has not engaged in any substantial business activities prior to the offering. The Company intends to sell 6 million shares of Class A Common Stock as part of the Offering, resulting in 30 million shares expected to be outstanding immediately after the Offering.

Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will no longer be treated as an "S" corporation and will be subject to corporate income taxes. Accordingly, the consolidated statements of income include a pro forma adjustment for additional income taxes which would have been recorded if the Company had been a "C" corporation for 1997 based on tax laws in effect in 1997.

Immediately preceding the Offering, the Company and its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer will enter into an Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides that the Company will pay the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 10% of the Company's aggregate pre-tax profits while he is an executive of the Company and devoting the substantial majority of his working time to the business of the Company. The Employment Agreement further provides that the Company will pay the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer $50 million on January 2, 2002, plus interest payable quarterly at an annual rate of 6% from the date of the Employment Agreement.

Stock Award and Incentive Plan

Immediately prior to the Offering, the Board of Directors will adopt the 1999 GAMI Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), designed to provide incentives which will attract and retain individuals key to the success of GAMI through direct or indirect ownership of GAMI's common stock. Benefits under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents and other stock or cash based awards. A maximum of 1,500,000 shares Class A Common Stock has been reserved for issuance and the Plan provides that the terms and conditions of each award are to be determined by a committee of the Board of Directors charged with administering the Plan. Under the Plan, the committee may grant either incentive or nonqualified stock options with a term not to exceed ten years from the grant date and at an exercise price that the committee may determine. Options granted under the Plan vest three years from the date of grant and expire after ten years.

The Company has elected to account for stock options under the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense is recognized only if the exercise price of the employee stock option is less than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The estimated pro forma compensation expense attributable to options granted to employees under the Plan is not presented as its effect, if any, is expected to be immaterial.

F-15

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1997        1998
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
                                                                 PER SHARE DATA)
REVENUES
Investment advisory and incentive fees......................  $ 64,107    $ 86,302
Commission revenue..........................................     5,613       6,197
Distribution fees and other income..........................     5,100       9,810
                                                              --------    --------
          Total revenues....................................    74,820     102,309
EXPENSES
Compensation................................................    33,138      41,702
Management fee..............................................     7,425       8,533
Other operating expenses....................................    13,943      18,072
                                                              --------    --------
          Total expenses....................................    54,506      68,307
OPERATING INCOME............................................    20,314      34,002
OTHER INCOME
Net gain (loss) from investments............................     6,803      (3,910)
Gain on sale of PCS licenses, net of fees payable to related
  parties...................................................        --      17,430
Interest and dividend income................................     3,168       3,252
Interest expense............................................    (1,183)     (1,355)
Other.......................................................       (52)         79
                                                              --------    --------
          Total other income, net...........................     8,736      15,496
                                                              --------    --------
Income before income taxes and minority interest............    29,050      49,498
Income taxes................................................     2,369       3,004
Minority interest...........................................       759       1,043
                                                              --------    --------
Net income..................................................  $ 25,922    $ 45,451
                                                              ========    ========
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
Income before income taxes and minority interest, as
  reported..................................................              $ 49,498
Pro forma adjustments for expense allocations and interest
  income and expense........................................               (15,875)
Pro forma management fee adjustment.........................                 4,317
Pro forma provision for income taxes........................               (15,047)
Pro forma minority interest.................................                (1,228)
                                                                          --------
Pro forma net income........................................              $ 21,665
                                                                          ========
Pro forma net income per share:
  Basic and diluted.........................................              $    .72
                                                                          ========
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic and diluted.........................................                30,000
                                                                          ========

See accompanying notes.

F-16

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                              EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents...................................       $ 56,499
Investments in securities...................................         78,597
Investments in partnerships.................................         47,081
PCS licenses................................................         33,985
Investment advisory fees receivable.........................          9,380
Receivables from affiliates.................................          3,506
Notes and other receivables.................................          4,094
Capital lease...............................................          3,494
Other assets................................................          4,851
                                                                   --------
          Total assets......................................       $241,487
                                                                   ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable...............................................       $  5,876
Payable to Sub-S shareholders...............................         14,642
Income taxes payable (including deferred income taxes)......          3,217
Capital lease obligation....................................          3,621
Compensation payable........................................         15,692
Accrued expenses and other liabilities......................          6,583
                                                                   --------
          Total liabilities.................................         49,631
                                                                   --------
Minority interest...........................................         11,754
                                                                   --------

Stockholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding
     196,537 shares.........................................              2
  Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value; authorized,
     100,000,000 shares;
     none issued............................................             --
  Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value; authorized,
     100,000,000 shares;
     none issued............................................             --
  Additional paid-in capital................................         21,471
  Retained earnings.........................................        169,252
  Notes receivable..........................................        (10,623)
                                                                   --------
          Total stockholders' equity........................        180,102
                                                                   --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................       $241,487
                                                                   ========

See accompanying notes.

F-17

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

                                                     ADDITIONAL
                                            COMMON    PAID-IN     RETAINED     NOTES
                                            STOCK     CAPITAL     EARNINGS   RECEIVABLE    TOTAL
                                            ------   ----------   --------   ----------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
Balance at December 31, 1997..............    $2      $12,372     $152,775    $ (1,530)   $163,619
  Repurchase and retirement of 400            --
     shares...............................               (345)          --          --        (345)
  Net issuances of notes receivable.......    --           --           --      (9,093)     (9,093)
  Issuance of 10,600 shares...............    --        9,444           --          --       9,444
  Distributions to shareholders...........    --           --      (28,974)         --     (28,974)
  Net income..............................    --           --       45,451          --      45,451
                                              --      -------     --------    --------    --------
Balance at September 30, 1998.............    $2      $21,471     $169,252    $(10,623)   $180,102
                                              ==      =======     ========    ========    ========

See accompanying notes.

F-18

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1997        1998
                                                              --------    --------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..................................................  $ 25,922    $ 45,451
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Equity in earnings of partnerships and affiliates.........    (7,627)      1,934
  Depreciation and amortization.............................       426         662
  Deferred income taxes.....................................     2,893         162
  Minority interest in net income of consolidated
     subsidiaries...........................................       759       1,043
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Investment in securities...............................   (10,957)    (21,990)
     Investment advisory fees receivable....................       442        (896)
     Receivables from affiliates............................     8,093       3,028
     Notes and other receivables............................     2,357         484
     Other assets...........................................     5,444       3,059
     Notes payable..........................................      (879)     (1,232)
     Income taxes payable...................................    (3,016)       (697)
     Compensation payable...................................     8,655      12,236
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................    (1,641)      1,040
                                                              --------    --------
Total adjustments...........................................     4,949      (1,167)
                                                              --------    --------
Net cash provided by operating activities...................    30,871      44,284
                                                              --------    --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases (sales) of PCS licenses (net of fees and gain on
  sale of $17,430)..........................................   (63,201)     50,877
Distributions from partnerships and affiliates..............     2,607       2,746
Investments in partnerships and affiliates..................    (6,272)     (4,789)
Cost of acquisitions........................................    (2,175)         --
                                                              --------    --------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities.........   (69,041)     48,834
                                                              --------    --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (repayment of) bank loan......................    30,000     (30,000)
Distributions to shareholders...............................   (12,987)    (18,637)
Repurchases of subsidiaries' common stock...................      (519)       (592)
Purchase of minority stockholders' interest.................    (1,282)         --
                                                              --------    --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.........    15,212     (49,229)
                                                              --------    --------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents........   (22,958)     43,889
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............    32,949      12,610
                                                              --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................  $  9,991    $ 56,499
                                                              ========    ========

F-19

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company included herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the interim periods presented and are not necessarily indicative of a full year's results.

In preparing the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997.

B. NOTES RECEIVABLE

During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company issued approximately $9 million of common stock to employees and affiliates of the Company in return for interest bearing demand notes receivable.

F-20

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma Consolidated Statements of Income and Financial Condition give effect to the Formation Transactions, including the assets and liabilities assumed to be distributed and the resulting impact on allocated income and expenses; the $50 million deferred payment to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer net of deferred tax benefit; the reduction in the management fee from 20% to 10% pursuant to the Employment Agreement; and the conversion from an "S" corporation to a "C" corporation.

The unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent the results of operations or the financial position of the Company which actually would have occurred had the Formation Transactions been previously consummated or project the results of operations or the financial position of the Company for any future date or period.

F-21

GABELLI FUNDS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                      YEAR ENDED                          GAMI
                                                     DECEMBER 31,     PRO FORMA        YEAR ENDED
                                                         1997        ADJUSTMENTS    DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                     ------------    -----------    -----------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
REVENUES
Investment advisory and incentive fees.............    $ 89,684        $                $ 89,684
Commission revenue.................................       7,496                            7,496
Distribution fees and other income.................       8,096                            8,096
                                                       --------                         --------
          Total revenues...........................     105,276                          105,276
                                                       --------                         --------
EXPENSES
Compensation costs.................................      45,260                           45,260
Management fee.....................................      10,580         (5,290)(a)         4,424
                                                                          (866)(b)
Other operating expenses...........................      18,690         (1,789)(c)        16,901
                                                       --------                         --------
          Total expenses...........................      74,530                           66,585
Operating income...................................      30,746                           38,691
                                                       --------                         --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Net gain from investments..........................       7,888         (4,884)(d)         3,004
Interest and dividend income.......................       4,634         (3,519)(d)         1,115
Interest expense...................................      (1,876)         1,876(d)         (3,000)
                                                                        (3,000)(e)
Other..............................................        (109)           109(d)             --
                                                       --------                         --------
          Total other income, net..................      10,537                            1,119
                                                       --------                         --------
Income before income taxes and minority interest...      41,283                           39,810
Income taxes.......................................       3,077         12,658(f)         15,735
Minority interest..................................       1,529            148(g)          1,677
                                                       --------                         --------
Net income.........................................    $ 36,677                         $ 22,398
                                                       ========                         ========
NET INCOME PER SHARE:
     Basic and diluted.............................                                     $   0.75
                                                                                        ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
     Basic and diluted.............................                                       30,000
                                                                                        ========


(a) To adjust the management fee to reflect the Employment Agreement, which provides for a reduction in the fee from 20% to 10% of pre-tax profits.

(b) To adjust the management fee for the impact of the other pro forma adjustments.

(c) To reflect the reallocation of expenses to the new parent company.

(d) To reflect the effect on income and expenses related to the distribution of assets and liabilities.

(e) To reflect interest expense on the $50 million note payable to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

(f) To record additional taxes related to conversion from an "S" corporation to a "C" corporation and other pro forma adjustments.

(g) To adjust minority interest for the impact of the other pro forma adjustments.

F-22

GABELLI FUNDS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                                            GAMI
                                                         NINE MONTHS                     NINE MONTHS
                                                            ENDED                           ENDED
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,     PRO FORMA     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1998         ADJUSTMENTS        1998
                                                        -------------    -----------    -------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
REVENUES
Investment advisory and incentive fees................     $86,302        $                $ 86,302
Commission revenue....................................       6,197                            6,197
Distribution fees and other income....................       9,810                            9,810
                                                           -------                         --------
          Total revenues..............................     102,309                          102,309
                                                           -------                         --------
EXPENSES
Compensation costs....................................      41,702                           41,702
Management fee........................................       8,533          (4,267)(a)        4,216
                                                                               (50)(b)
Other operating expenses..............................      18,072            (531)(c)       17,541
                                                           -------                         --------
          Total expenses..............................      68,307                           63,459
Operating income......................................      34,002                           38,850
                                                           -------                         --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Net gain from investments.............................      (3,910)          4,666(d)           756
Interest and dividend income..........................       3,252          (2,647)(d)          605
Interest expense......................................      (1,355)          1,334(d)        (2,271)
                                                                            (2,250)(e)
Gain on sale of PCS licenses, net.....................      17,430         (17,430)(d)           --
Other.................................................          79             (79)(d)           --
                                                           -------                         --------
          Total other income, net.....................      15,496                             (910)
                                                           -------                         --------
Income before income taxes and minority interest......      49,498                           37,940
Income taxes..........................................       3,004          12,043(f)        15,047
Minority interest.....................................       1,043             185(g)         1,228
                                                           -------                         --------
Net income............................................     $45,451                         $ 21,665
                                                           =======                         ========
NET INCOME PER SHARE:
     Basic and diluted................................                                     $   0.72
                                                                                           ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
     Basic and diluted................................                                       30,000
                                                                                           ========


(a) To adjust the management fee to reflect the Employment Agreement, which provides for a reduction in the fee from 20% to 10% of pre-tax profits.

(b) To adjust the management fee for the impact of the other pro forma adjustments.

(c) To reflect the reallocation of expenses to the new parent company.

(d) To reflect the effect on income and expenses related to the distribution of assets and liabilities.

(e) To reflect interest expense on the $50 million note payable to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

(f) To record additional taxes related to conversion from an "S" corporation to a "C" corporation and other pro forma adjustments.

(g) To adjust minority interest for the impact of the other pro forma adjustments.

F-23

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                        PRO FORMA            GAMI
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998   ADJUSTMENTS    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                  ------------------   -----------    ------------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.......................       $ 56,499         $ (26,643)(a)      $ 29,856
Investments in securities.......................         78,597           (55,364)(a)        23,233
Investments in partnerships.....................         47,081           (31,918)(a)        15,163
PCS licenses....................................         33,985           (33,985)(a)            --
Investment advisory fees receivable.............          9,380                --             9,380
Receivables from affiliates.....................          3,506              (806)(a)         2,700
Notes and other receivables.....................          4,094            (1,426)(a)         2,668
Capital lease...................................          3,494                --             3,494
Other assets....................................          4,851            20,156 (a)(b        25,007
                                                       --------                            --------
          Total assets..........................       $241,487                            $111,501
                                                       ========                            ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Payable to related party........................       $     --         $  50,000(b)       $ 50,000
Notes payable...................................          5,876            (5,876)(a)            --
Payable to Sub-S shareholders...................         14,642           (14,642)(a)            --
Income taxes payable (including deferred income
  taxes)........................................          3,217            10,202(c)         13,419
Capital lease obligation........................          3,621                --             3,621
Compensation payable............................         15,692            (4,196)(a)        11,496
Accrued expenses and other liabilities..........          6,583              (202)(a)         6,381
                                                       --------                            --------
          Total liabilities.....................         49,631                              84,917
                                                       --------                            --------
Minority interest...............................         11,754                              11,754
                                                       --------                            --------
Stockholders' equity:
Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized
  1,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
  196,537.......................................              2                (2)(a)            --
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value;
  authorized, 100,000,000 shares; none issued...             --                --                --
Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value;
  authorized, 100,000,000 shares; 24,000,000
  shares issued and outstanding.................             --                24(a)             24
Additional paid-in capital......................         21,471             1,701(a)         23,172
Retained earnings...............................        169,252          (177,618)(a)        (8,366)
Notes receivable................................        (10,623)           10,623(a)             --
                                                       --------                            --------
          Total stockholders' equity............        180,102                              14,830
                                                       --------                            --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......       $241,487                            $111,501
                                                       ========                            ========


(a) To reflect the stock issued, the assets to be distributed and the liabilities to be assumed in connection with the Formation Transactions.

(b) To record the $50 million payment, net of $19.8 million deferred tax benefit, to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer upon consummation of the Offering, and the related management fee.

(c) To record additional taxes related to conversion from an "S" corporation to a "C" corporation and the effect of other pro forma adjustments.

F-24

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

A. REORGANIZATION AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Reorganization and Initial Public Offering

Prior to the initial public offering (the "Offering"), the Company will transfer substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities relating to its institutional and retail asset management, mutual fund advisory and brokerage business to Gabelli Asset Management Inc. ("GAMI"), in exchange for 24 million shares of GAMI's Class B Common Stock, representing all of its issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Reorganization"). GAMI is a newly formed company, incorporated in April 1998 in the state of New York, with no significant assets or liabilities and which has not engaged in any substantial business activities prior to the Offering. The Company intends to sell 6 million shares of Class A Common Stock as part of the Offering, resulting in 30 million shares expected to be outstanding immediately after the Offering.

Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will no longer be treated as an "S" corporation and will be subject to corporate income taxes. Accordingly, the consolidated statements of income include a pro forma adjustment for additional income taxes which would have been recorded if the Company had been a "C" corporation for 1997 based on tax laws then in effect.

For pro forma purposes the financial statements have been prepared as if the shareholders of GFI formed a newly created parent company (NewCo) and transferred their ownership interest in GFI to NewCo as of the beginning of the fiscal period. Concurrent therewith, GFI is assumed to have changed its name to Gabelli Asset Management Inc. and to have made a dividend to NewCo equal to its net equity, with the exception of $45 million in net assets retained by GAMI.

The unaudited pro forma data gives effect to the lower management fee and increase in interest expense as if a new employment agreement with the Company's Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, effective immediately preceding the Offering, had been in effect at the beginning of each period, and the effects of these adjustments on income tax expense and minority interest. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company will issue a $50 million note payable to the Chairman, payable in 2002, and the Chairman will receive 10% of pre-tax profits. Previously the Chairman received 20% of the Company's pre-tax profits. The $50 million payment is not reflected in the pro forma income statement data because it is a one-time event directly related to the Offering. The pro forma adjustments also reflect the income and expenses incurred on the net equity assumed to have been distributed in connection with the Formation Transactions. Additionally, for purposes of the pro forma basic earnings per share calculation for each period, the denominator represents the 30 million shares expected to be outstanding immediately after the Offering.

For purposes of the pro forma diluted earnings per share calculation, the denominator has been calculated using the Treasury Stock method to account for options granted under the Plan.

B. STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

The disclosure requirements of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 require the use of an option valuation model to compute a fair value of employee stock options. The valuation model used by the Company was not developed for use in valuing employee stock options and the Company's employee stock option characteristics vary significantly from those of traded options. As a result, changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

F-25

GABELLI FUNDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONCLUDED)

SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the assumed date of grant using the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate.....................................          5%
Dividend yield..............................................          0%
Volatility..................................................         30%
Weighted average expected life..............................          8 year

A pro forma summary of the status of the Plan as of the Offering is as follows:

                                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                            YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1997    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                        ------------------   ------------------
Options outstanding at Offering date..................       1,200,000            1,200,000
Weighted average fair value of options granted on
  Offering date.......................................           $8.49per             $8.49pershare
                                                                       share
Pro forma net income..................................           $20,798,000          $20,465,000
Pro forma earnings per share..........................           $0.69                $0.68

F-26



NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        PAGE
                                        ----
Prospectus Summary....................    3
Risk Factors..........................   12
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Information.........................   18
The Company...........................   19
Use of Proceeds.......................   21
Dividend Policy.......................   21
Dilution..............................   22
Capitalization........................   23
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
  Financial Data......................   24
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   27
Business..............................   34
Management............................   49
Ownership of the Common Stock.........   55
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions........................   56
Description of Capital Stock..........   59
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   66
Underwriting..........................   67
Legal Matters.........................   69
Experts...............................   69
Available Information.................   69
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................  F-1

UNTIL , 1999 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.



6,000,000 SHARES

[GABELLI LOGO]

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

PROSPECTUS


MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

GABELLI & COMPANY, INC.

, 1999




PART II

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table indicates the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the Offering, all of which will be paid by the Company.

SEC registration fee........................................  $ 33,925
NASD fee....................................................    12,000
Listing fee.................................................     *
Accounting fees and expenses................................     *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     *
Printing and engraving......................................     *
Transfer Agent's fees.......................................     *
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including counsel fees).........     *
Miscellaneous expenses......................................     *
                                                              --------
          Total.............................................  $  *
                                                              ========


* To be supplied by amendment

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director of the Company will be personally liable to the Company or any of its shareholders for monetary damages arising from the director's breach of fiduciary duty as a director, with certain limited exceptions. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions -- Liability of Directors; Indemnification" in the Prospectus.

Sections 721-726 of the New York Business Corporation Law provide that a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors (or persons who have served, at the corporation's request, as officers or directors of another corporation) against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with the defense of any action by reason of being or having been directors or officers, if such person shall have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that if such action shall be in the right of the corporation, no such indemnification shall be provided as to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to have been liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction determines upon application that, in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense and settlement expenses and not to any satisfaction of a judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification will be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct unless the court, in its discretion, believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

To the extent any of the persons referred to in the two immediately preceding paragraphs is successful in the defense of such actions, such person is entitled, pursuant to the laws of New York State, to indemnification as described above.

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for indemnification to officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the New York Business Corporation Law. See "Description of Capital Stock-Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions-Liability of Directors; Indemnification" in the Prospectus.

II-1


The form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 will contain agreements of indemnity between the Company and the Underwriters and controlling persons against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments which the Underwriters or any such controlling persons may be required to make in respect thereof.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Immediately prior to the closing of the Offering, the Company will issue 24,000,000 shares of its Class B Common Stock to Gabelli Partners in exchange for substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities of Gabelli Partners. Such transaction will not be registered in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act of 1933.

ITEMS 16. EXHIBITS

(a) Exhibits:

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
-------                           ----------------------
 1.1      --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
+3.1      --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
 3.2      --   Bylaws of the Company.
 3.3      --   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
               Company.
 3.4      --   Form of Amended Bylaws of the Company.
 4.1      --   Specimen of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
 5.1*     --   Form of Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP,
               regarding legality of securities being registered.
10.1*     --   Form of Management Services Agreement between the Company
               and Gabelli Partners.
10.2      --   Form of Tax Indemnification Agreement between the Company
               and Gabelli Partners.
10.3      --   Form of Lock-Up Agreement between the Company and Gabelli
               Partners.
10.4      --   Form of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Stock Award and
               Incentive Plan.
10.5      --   Form of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Annual
               Performance Incentive Plan.
10.6*     --   Employment Agreement between the Company and Mario J.
               Gabelli.
21.1      --   Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1*     --   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
               (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2      --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.


+24.1     --   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this
               Registration Statement).
27.1      --   Financial Data Schedule.


* To be filed by amendment.

+ Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

Financial statement schedules are omitted as not required or not applicable or because the information is included in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-2


(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the underwriting agreements, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, New York law or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Rye, State of New York, on January 28, 1999.

Alpha G, Inc. (to be renamed Gabelli Asset Management Inc.)

By:     /s/ Robert S. Zuccaro
  ------------------------------------
  Name: Robert S. Zuccaro
  Title:  Vice President and Chief
    Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                     SIGNATURE                                    TITLE                      DATE
                     ---------                                    -----                      ----

                         *                           Chairman of the Board,            January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------  Chief Executive Officer
                 Mario J. Gabelli                    and Chief Investment Officer
                                                     (Principal Executive Officer)

               /s/ Robert S. Zuccaro                 Vice President and Chief          January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------  Financial Officer (Principal
                 Robert S. Zuccaro                   Financial Officer and
                                                     Principal Accounting Officer)

                         *                           Director                          January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
                  Charles C. Baum

                         *                           Director                          January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
                 Richard B. Black

                         *                           Director                          January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
                  Eamon M. Kelly

                                                     Director                          January 28, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
                  Karl Otto Pohl

* James E. McKee, by signing his name hereto, does hereby execute this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on behalf of the director or officer of the Registrant indicated above by an asterisk, pursuant to a power of attorney duly executed by such director or officer and included on page II-4 of the Registration Statement originally filed on April 24, 1998.

By: /s/ James E. McKee
  ------------------------------------
    James E. McKee
  Attorney-in-Fact

II-4


EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
-------                           DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 1.1      --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.


+3.1      --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
 3.2      --   Bylaws of the Company.
 3.3      --   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
               Company.
 3.4      --   Form of Amended Bylaws of the Company.
 4.1      --   Specimen of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
 5.1*     --   Form of Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP,
               regarding legality of securities being registered.
10.1*     --   Form of Management Services Agreement between the Company
               and Gabelli Partners.
10.2      --   Form of Tax Indemnification Agreement between the Company
               and Gabelli Partners.
10.3      --   Form of Lock-Up Agreement between the Company and Gabelli
               Partners.
10.4      --   Form of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Stock Award and
               Incentive Plan.
10.5      --   Form of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Annual
               Performance Incentive Plan.
10.6*     --   Employment Agreement between the Company and Mario J.
               Gabelli.
21.1      --   Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1*     --   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
               (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2      --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.


+24.1     --   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this
               Registration Statement).
27.1      --   Financial Data Schedule.


* To be filed by amendment.

+ Previously filed.


EXHIBIT 1.1

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

Class A Common Stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

February -, 1999

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
250 Vesey Street
World Financial Center, 25th Floor
New York, New York 10281

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Gabelli & Company, Inc.
One Corporate Center
Rye, New York 10580

As Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I

Dear Sirs:

Gabelli Asset Management Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ("Salomon Smith Barney") and Gabelli & Company, Inc. are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), an aggregate of 6,000,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Firm Shares"). In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Company proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2 hereof, up to an additional 900,000 shares (the "Additional Shares") of the Company's Class A Common Stock. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Shares."

The Company wishes to confirm as follows its respective agreements with you and the other several Underwriters on whose behalf you are acting, in connection with the several purchases of the Shares by the Underwriters.


2

1. REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the "Act"), a registration statement on Form S-1, including prospectus subject to completion, relating to the Shares. The term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement means the registration statement (including all financial schedules and exhibits), as amended at the time it becomes effective, and as thereafter amended by post-effective amendment. The term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means the prospectus in the form included in the Registration Statement, or, if the prospectus included in the Registration Statement omits information in reliance on Rule 430A under the Act and such information is included in a prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, the term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means the prospectus in the forms included in the Registration Statement as supplemented by the addition of the Rule 430A information contained in the prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b). The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means the prospectus subject to completion in the forms included in the Registration Statement at the time of the initial filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, as such prospectus shall have been amended from time to time prior to the date of the Prospectus. Each Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T. For purposes of this Agreement: "Rules and Regulations" means the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission under either the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as applicable.

2. AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE. Upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and subject to all the terms and conditions set forth herein and to such adjustments as you may determine to avoid fractional shares, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $- per share (the "purchase price per share"), the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto (or such number of Firm Shares increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof).

Upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and subject to all the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company also agrees to sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share, pursuant to an option (the "over-allotment option"), up to an aggregate of 900,000 Additional Shares from the Company. This option may be exercised in whole or in part, from time to time, prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus (or, if such 30th day shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a holiday, on the next day thereafter when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading). Additional Shares may be purchased only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares.


3

3. TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING. The Company has been advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable and initially to offer the Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.

4. DELIVERY OF THE SHARES AND PAYMENT THEREFOR. Delivery to the Underwriters of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on February -, 1999 (the "Closing Date"). The place of closing for the Firm Shares and the Closing Date may be varied by agreement between you and the Company.

Delivery to the Underwriters of and payment for any Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters shall be made at the aforementioned office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett at such time on such dates (each, an "Option Closing Date"), which may be the same as the Closing Date but shall in no event be earlier than the Closing Date nor earlier than two nor later than ten business days after the giving of the notice hereinafter referred to, as shall be specified in a written notice from you on behalf of the Underwriters to the Company of the Underwriters' determination to purchase a number, specified in such notice, of Additional Shares. The place of closing for any Additional Shares and the Option Closing Dates for any such shares may be varied by agreement between you and the Company.

Certificates for the Firm Shares and for any Additional Shares to be purchased hereunder shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request by written notice prior to 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the second business day preceding the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. Such certificates shall be made available to you in New York City for inspection and packaging not later than 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the business day next preceding the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates evidencing the Firm Shares and any Additional Shares to be purchased hereunder shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against payment of the purchase price therefor in immediately available funds.

5. AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters as follows:

(a) If, at the time this Agreement is executed and delivered, it is necessary for the Registration Statement or a post-effective amendment thereto to be declared effective before the offering of the Shares may commence, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement or such post-effective amendment to become effective as soon as possible and will advise you promptly and, if requested by you, will confirm such advice in writing, when the Registration Statement or such post-effective amendment has become effective.

(b) The Company will advise you promptly and, if requested by you, will confirm such advice in writing: (i) of any request by the Commission for amendment of or a supplement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or for additional information; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the


4

effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the suspension of qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and (iii) within the period of time referred to in paragraph (f) below, of any change in the Company's business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or business prospects, or of the happening of any event, including the filing of any information, documents or reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) untrue or which requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) in order to state a material fact required by the Act or the regulations thereunder to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or of the necessity to amend or supplement the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) to comply with the Act or any other law. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible time.

(c) The Company will furnish to you, without charge, one signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and all exhibits to the Registration Statement and will also furnish to you, without charge, such number of conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, but without exhibits, as you may reasonably request. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to you will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) The Company will not (i) file any amendment to the Registration Statement or make any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not previously have been advised or to which you shall reasonably object in writing after being so advised or (ii) so long as, in the written opinion of counsel to the Underwriters (a copy of which shall be delivered to the Company), a prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, file any information, documents or reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, without delivering a copy of such information, documents or reports to you, as Representatives of the Underwriters, prior to or concurrently with such filing.

(e) Prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company has delivered or will deliver to you, without charge, in such quantities as you have reasonably requested or may hereafter reasonably request, copies of each form of the Preliminary Prospectus. The Company consents to the use, in accordance with the provisions of the Act and with the securities or Blue Sky laws of the jurisdictions in which the Shares are offered by the several Underwriters and by dealers, prior to the date of the Prospectus, of each Preliminary Prospectus so furnished by the Company.

(f) As soon after the execution and delivery of this Agreement as possible and thereafter from time to time for such period as in the written opinion of counsel to the Underwriters a Prospectus is required by the Act to be delivered in connection with sales by any


5

Underwriter or dealer, the Company will expeditiously deliver to each Underwriter and each dealer, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (and of any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) as you may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus (and of any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) in accordance with the provisions of the Act and with the securities or Blue Sky laws of the jurisdictions in which the Shares are offered by the several Underwriters and by all dealers to whom Shares may be sold, both in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares and for such period of time thereafter as the Prospectus is required by the Act to be delivered in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer. If during such period of time any event shall occur that in the judgment of the Company or in the written opinion of counsel to the Underwriters is required to be set forth in the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) or should be set forth therein in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary to supplement or amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act or any other law, the Company will forthwith prepare and, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) above, file with the Commission an appropriate amendment thereof or supplement thereto and will expeditiously furnish to the Underwriters and dealers a reasonable number of copies thereof.

(g) The Company will cooperate with you and with counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares for offering and sale by the several Underwriters and by dealers under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably designate and will file such consents to service of process or other documents necessary or appropriate in order to effect such registration or qualification; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Shares, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

(h) The Company will make generally available to its security holders a consolidated earnings statement, which need not be audited, covering a 12-month period commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement and ending not later than 15 months thereafter, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such period, which consolidated earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11 (a) of the Act; provided that such requirement shall be deemed satisfied if the Company complies with the provisions of Rule 158 of the Act.

(i) During the period of one year hereafter, the Company will furnish to you (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report of the Company mailed to stockholders or filed with the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, and (ii) from time to time such other information concerning the Company as you may reasonably request.

(j) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares to be sold by it hereunder substantially in accordance with the description set forth in the Prospectus.


6

(k) If Rule 430A of the Act is employed, the Company will timely file the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act and will advise you of the time and manner of such filing.

(l) For a period of 180 days after the date hereof (the "Lock-up Period"), without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith Barney, the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock of the Company (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock of the Company) or grant any options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock of the Company exercisable within the Lock-up Period, except for (A) sales to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or (B) the grant of options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (provided that any recipient of options exercisable within 180 days of the date hereof shall execute an agreement for the benefit of the Underwriters not to transfer such options (or shares of common stock underlying such options) for the remainder of such 180-day period).

(m) Except as stated in this Agreement and in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus, the Company has not taken, nor will it take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Class A Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(n) The Company will use its best efforts to have the Class A Common Stock listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange concurrently with the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus.

(b) The Registration Statement in the form in which it became or becomes effective and also in such form as it may be when any post-effective amendment thereto shall become effective and the Prospectus and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto when filed with the Commission under Rule 424(b) under the Act, complied or will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Act and will not at any such times contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that this representation and warranty does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.


7

(c) All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus in the column entitled "Actual" under the caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Prospectus).

(d) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"), (ii) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any class of its capital stock and (iv) there has not been any material change in the capital stock of the Company, or material increase in the short-term debt or long-term debt, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(e) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly through one of the other subsidiaries by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(g) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries which


8

could have a Material Adverse Effect or to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to which any of their respective properties, is subject which could have a Material Adverse Effect that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not described as required, and there are no agreements, contracts, indentures, leases or other instruments relating to the Company that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the Act or the Exchange Act. The descriptions of the terms of any such contracts or documents contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus are correct in all material respects.

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, or other organizational documents, (ii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to it or of any decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it (except where any such violation or violations in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect), or (iii) in default in any material respect in the performance of any obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or any other evidence of indebtedness or in any material agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, and no condition or state of facts exists, which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute such a default (except where any such default or defaults in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect), except as may be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(i) Neither the issuance and sale of the Shares, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
(i) requires any consent, approval, authorization or other order of or registration or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it (except such as may be required for the registration of the Shares under the Act and compliance with the securities or Blue Sky laws of various jurisdictions, all of which have been or will be effected in accordance with this Agreement), (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of, or a default under, the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, or other organizational documents, of the Company or any of the subsidiaries or any material agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound, (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or (iv) will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of any of them is subject.

(j) The accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified or shall certify the financial statements filed or to be filed as part of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) are independent public accountants as required by the Act.


9

(k) The financial statements, together with the related schedules and notes thereto included as part of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto), present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the Company and its subsidiaries on the basis stated in the Registration Statement at the respective dates or for the respective periods to which they apply (to the extent such entities were in existence at such dates or for such periods); such statements and related schedules and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein, and met the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Act for registration statements on Form S-1; and the other financial information and data set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) are accurately presented and prepared on a basis consistent with the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries. The selected financial data set forth under the captions "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" in the Prospectus fairly present the information included therein and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable.

(l) The execution and delivery of and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of the Company's obligations hereunder or thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and subject to the applicability of general principles of equity, and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder or thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or principles of public policy.

(m) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title to all property (real and personal) described in the Prospectus as being owned by it, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances except such as are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in a document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and each property described in the Prospectus as being held under lease by the Company or one of its subsidiaries is held by it under a valid, subsisting and enforceable lease with only such exceptions as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if any, permitted by the Act.

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal or state regulatory authorities necessary to conduct


10

their respective businesses (except for such failures to possess as would not have a Material Adverse Effect), and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described the Prospectus.

(p) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has violated any applicable foreign, federal, state or local law or regulation relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws"), except for such violations which, singly or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) There are no costs or liabilities associated with any applicable Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) No holder of any security of the Company has any right to require registration of shares of common stock or any other security of the Company because of the filing of the Registration Statement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise. No such rights with respect to shares of common stock not listed in Schedule I hereto were exercised nor will be exercised in connection with the sale of the Shares and for a period of 180 days after the date hereof. Except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights calling for the issuance of, and there are no commitments, plans or arrangements to issue, any shares of common stock of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock of the Company.

(t) The Company does not anticipate incurring significant operating expenses or costs to ensure that all management information systems of the Company will be year 2000 compliant.

(u) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information,


11

systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with, and material to, the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Affect.

(v) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(x) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act").

(y) Each of Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC and Gabelli Advisers, Inc. (each a "Fund" and, collectively, the "Funds") is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act"), and none of the Funds is prohibited by any provision of the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act, or the respective rules and regulations thereunder, from acting as an investment adviser. The Funds are the only direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company required to be registered as investment advisers under the Advisers Act.

(z) Neither the Company nor any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including the Funds, is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser under the laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification in any state in which it or its subsidiaries conduct business or is not subject to material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified.

(aa) Gabelli & Company, Inc. is duly registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act, and under the securities laws of each state where the conduct of its business requires such registration and is in compliance in all material respects with all federal and state laws requiring such registration or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so registered in any such jurisdiction or to be in such compliance in all material


12

respects. Gabelli & Company, Inc. is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). None of the Company's other direct or indirect subsidiaries is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer under the federal or state laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification is any state in which it conducts business or is subject to any material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified.

(bb) None of the Company's direct or indirect subsidiaries is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a transfer agent under the federal or state laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification in any state in which it conducts business or is subject to any material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified.

(cc) Each of the Company, Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, Gabelli Advisers, Inc., Gabelli Securities, Inc. and Gabelli & Company, Inc. is and has been in compliance with, and each such entity has or will have had, as the case may be, received no notice of any violation of, (i) all laws, regulations, ordinances and rules (including those of any non-governmental self-regulatory agencies) applicable to it or its operations relating to investment advisory or broker-dealer activities and (ii) all other such laws, regulations, ordinances and rules applicable to it and its operations, except, in either case, where any failure by the Company, Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, Gabelli Advisers, Inc., Gabelli Securities, Inc. and Gabelli & Company, Inc. to comply with any such law, regulation, ordinance or rule would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) Each entity for which any of the Funds acts as investment adviser and which is required to be registered with the Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act is, and upon consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will be, duly registered with the Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act and to the knowledge of the Company, each Fund has been operated in compliance in all material respects with the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and to the knowledge of the Company, there are no facts with respect to any such Fund that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity as results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(ee) To the knowledge of the Company, each Fund's registration statement complies in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(ff) To the knowledge of the Company, each agreement between the Company, Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, Gabelli Securities, Inc., Gabelli & Company, Inc. and Gabelli Advisers, Inc.


13

or any other subsidiary of the Company on the one hand and any Fund or private client on the other hand is a legal and valid obligation of the parties thereto, and none of the Company, Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, Gabelli Securities, Inc., Gabelli & Company, Inc. and Gabelli Advisers, Inc. or any other subsidiary of the Company is in breach or violation of or in default under any such agreement which would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Affect on, or cause a prospective material adverse change in, the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(gg) The Offering will not constitute an "assignment" as defined in the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act of any of the investment advisory contracts to which any of the Funds is a party.

(hh) There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.

7. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless you and each other Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become liable under the Act or the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or in any Preliminary Prospectus or in the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission or omitted therefrom in reliance upon and in conformity with the information relating to such Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through you expressly for use in connection therewith; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this paragraph (a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or to the benefit of any person controlling such Underwriter) on account of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arising from the sale of the Shares by such Underwriter to any person if a copy of the Prospectus shall not have been delivered or sent to such person within the time required by the Act and the regulations thereunder, and the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact contained in such Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus, provided that the Company has delivered the


14

Prospectus to the several Underwriters in requisite quantity on a timely basis to permit such delivery or sending; and provided further that the Company will not be liable to any Underwriter with respect to any Prospectus to the extent that the Company shall sustain the burden of proving that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense resulted from the fact that such Underwriter, in contravention of a requirement of this Agreement or applicable law, sold Shares to a person to whom such Underwriter failed to send or give, at or prior to the Closing Date, a copy of the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented if: (i) the Company had previously furnished copies thereof (sufficiently in advance of the Closing Date to allow for distribution by the Closing Date) to the Underwriter and the loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter resulted from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus which was corrected in the Prospectus as, if applicable, amended or supplemented prior to the Closing Date and such Prospectus was required by law to be delivered at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person and (ii) such failure to give or send such Prospectus by the Closing Date to the party or parties asserting such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would have constituted the sold defense to the claim asserted by such person. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

In addition to the foregoing indemnification of all the Underwriters, including Merrill Lynch, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Merrill Lynch, and each person who controls Merrill Lynch within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses incurred by Merrill Lynch arising out of or based upon Merrill Lynch's serving as "qualified independent underwriter" for the offering, including reasonable costs of investigation and fees and disbursements of counsel retained by Merrill Lynch to represent it in its capacity as "qualified independent underwriter".

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement, any person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraphs (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall


15

be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons shall be designated in writing by the first of the named Underwriters on Schedule I hereto and any such separate firm of the Company, its directors, its officers or any such controlling person shall be designated in writing by the Company. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable to an indemnified party under paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then an indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the


16

same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus; provided that, in the event that the Underwriters shall have purchased any Additional Shares hereunder, any determination of the relative benefits received by the Company, or the Underwriters from the offering of the Shares shall include the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, from the sale of such Additional Shares, in each case computed on the basis of the respective amounts set forth in the notes to the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or by the Underwriters on the other hand and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 7 were determined by a pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to in paragraph (c) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating any claim or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price of the Shares, underwritten by it and distributed to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this
Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto (or such numbers of Firm Shares increased as set forth in Section 11 hereof) and not joint.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 and the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter, the Company, its directors or officers, any director, officer or partner of any person controlling the Company, (ii) acceptance of any Shares and payment therefor hereunder, and (iii) any termination of this Agreement. A successor to any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter, or to the Company, its directors, officers, employees or agents or any director, officer or partner of any person controlling the Company, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnity, contribution and reimbursement agreements contained in this Section 7. The remedies provided in this Section 7


17

are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

8. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Shares hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

(a) If, at the time this Agreement is executed and delivered, it is necessary for the Registration Statement or a post-effective amendment thereto to be declared effective before the offering of the Shares may commence, the Registration Statement or such post-effective amendment shall have become effective not later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof, or at such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and all filings, if any, required by Rules 424 and 430A under the Act shall have been timely made; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Underwriter, threatened by the Commission, and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

(b) Subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, that would have a Material Adverse Effect not contemplated by the Prospectus, which in your reasonable opinion, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, would materially and adversely affect the market for the Shares, or (ii) any event or development relating to or involving the Company or any officer or director of the Company which makes any statement made in the Prospectus untrue or which, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel or the Underwriters and their counsel, requires the making of any addition to or change in the Prospectus in order to state a material fact required by the Act or any other law to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, if amending or supplementing the Prospectus to reflect such event or development would, in your reasonable opinion, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, materially and adversely affect the market for the Shares.

(c) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, substantially to the effect that:

(i) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect;


18

(ii) All of the authorized and issued shares of the Company outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights;

(iii) The Shares to be issued and sold to the Underwriters by the Company under this Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights;

(iv) The Company has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by it of the transactions contemplated therein;

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except to the extent that the indemnification provisions hereof and thereof may be unenforceable;

(vi) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and the Prospectus were filed on the date specified in such opinion pursuant to the subsection set forth in such opinion of Rule 424(b) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued or proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission;

(vii) The statements made in the Prospectus under the captions "Business", "Management", "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions", and "Underwriting", insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of certain terms of documents referred to therein, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such documents in all material respects;

(viii) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any federal or New York governmental agency or body, or, to our knowledge, any federal or New York court is required for the issue and sale of the Shares by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement, except for the registration under the Act and the Exchange Act of the Shares, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;


19

(ix) The issue and sale of the Shares by the Company and the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or, to such counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, to such counsel's knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(x) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act;

(xi) The Offering will not constitute an "assignment" as defined in the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act of any of the investment advisory contracts to which Gabelli Funds, LLC, Gabelli Advisers, Inc. Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC or GAMCO Investors, Inc. is a party;

(xii) Each of Gabelli Funds, LLC, Gabelli Advisers, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC and GAMCO Investors, Inc. is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. No other subsidiary of the Company is required to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

(xiii) Gabelli & Company, Inc. is duly registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer under all federal laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification. None of the Company's other direct or indirect subsidiaries is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer under any federal law requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification;

(xiv) None of the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries including Gabelli Funds, LLC, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC, Gabelli Advisers, Inc., and Gabelli & Company, Inc. is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser under the laws of any state; and

(xv) After inquiry of the executive officers and the general counsel of the Company, such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or may of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described


20

in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not so described or filed.

Such counsel shall also state that such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements made or included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and takes no responsibility therefor, except as and to the extent set forth in paragraph (ii) above. Such counsel shall state that in the course of the preparation by the Company of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel participated in conferences with certain officers and employees of the Company, with representatives of Ernst & Young LLP and with counsel to the Company. Such counsel shall state that based upon such counsel's examination of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel's investigations made in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such counsel's participation in the conferences referred to above, such counsel (i) is of the opinion that the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, and the Prospectus, as of their respective dates, and as of the date of such opinion, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, except that in each case such counsel expresses no opinion with respect to the financial statements or other financial or statistical data and (ii) has no reason to believe that the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus, as of their respective dates, and as of the date of such opinion, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that in each case such counsel expresses no belief with respect to the financial statements or other financial or statistical data.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials.

(d) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion from James E. McKee, Esq., Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, substantially to the effect that:

(i) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect;


21

(ii) All of the authorized and issued shares of the Company outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights;

(iii) The Shares to be issued and sold to the Underwriters by the Company under this Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights;

(iv) The Company has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by it of the transactions contemplated therein; and

(v) Such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not so described or filed.

Such counsel shall state that based upon such counsel's examination of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such counsel's investigations made in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel (i) is of the opinion that the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, and the Prospectus, as of their respective dates, and as of the date of such opinion, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, except that in each case such counsel expresses no opinion with respect to the financial statements or other financial or statistical data and (ii) has no reason to believe that the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus, as of their respective dates, and as of the date of such opinion, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that in each case such counsel expresses no belief with respect to the financial statements or other financial or statistical data.

(e) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, counsel to the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date and addressed to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A.

(f) You shall have received letters addressed to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, and dated the date hereof and the Closing Date from Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public accountants, substantially in the forms heretofore approved by you.


22

(g) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, shall have been contemplated by the Commission at or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) there shall not have been any material change in the capital stock of the Company nor any material increase in the short-term or long-term debt of the Company (other than in the ordinary course of business) from that set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); (iii) there shall not have been, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), except as may otherwise be stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any material adverse change in the condition (financial or other), business, prospects, properties, net worth or results of operations of the Company and the subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iv) all the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, and you shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company (or such other officers as are acceptable to you), to the effect set forth in this Section 8(g) and in Section 8(h) hereof.

(h) The Company shall not have failed at or prior to the Closing Date to have performed or complied with any of its agreements herein contained and required to be performed or complied with by it hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

(i) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you such further certificates and documents as you shall have reasonably requested.

(j) The Common Stock shall have been listed or approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange.

All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel.

Any certificate or document signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to you, as Representatives of the Underwriters, or to counsel to the Underwriters, shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, to each Underwriter as to the statements made therein.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the satisfaction on and as of the Option Closing Date of the conditions set forth in this Section 8, except that, if the Option Closing Date is other than the Closing Date, the certificates, opinions and letters referred to in this Section 8 shall be dated the Option Closing Date and the opinions or letters called for by paragraphs (c), (d) and
(e) shall be revised to reflect the sale of Additional Shares.


23

9. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. (a) The Company agrees to pay the following costs and expenses and all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder: (i) the preparation, printing and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, each Prospectus and each amendment of or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, each Prospectus and each amendment of or supplement to any of them as may be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares; (iii) the preparation, printing, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Shares, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Shares;
(iv) the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange; (v) the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the several states as provided in Section 5(g) hereof (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters relating to the preparation and delivery of the Blue Sky Memorandum and such registration and qualification); (vi) the filing fees and the fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD; (vii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of representatives of the Company in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Shares; and (viii) the fees and expenses of the Company's accountants and the fees and expenses of the Company's counsel (including local and special counsel).

(b) If this Agreement shall terminate or shall be terminated after execution pursuant to any provisions hereof (otherwise than pursuant to
Section 11 hereof or by notice given by you terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 hereof) or if this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply, in any material respect, with the terms or fulfill, in any material respect, any of the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters) incurred by you in connection herewith.

10. EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall become effective: (i) upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto; or
(ii) if, at the time this Agreement is executed and delivered, it is necessary for the Registration Statement or a post-effective amendment thereto to be declared effective before the offering of the Shares may commence, when notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or such post-effective amendment has been released by the Commission. Until such time as this Agreement shall have become effective, it may be terminated by the Company, by notifying you, or by you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, by notifying the Company.

11. DEFAULT BY ONE OR MORE OF THE UNDERWRITERS. If any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares which it or they are obligated to purchase hereunder on the Closing Date, and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters are obligated but fail or refuse to purchase is not more


24

than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares which the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on the Closing Date, each non-defaulting Underwriter shall be obligated, severally, in the proportion which the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters are obligated, but fail or refuse, to purchase. If any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares which it or they are obligated to purchase on the Closing Date and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares which the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on the Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares by one or more non-defaulting Underwriters or other party or parties approved by you and the Company are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case which does not result in termination of this Agreement, either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any such default of any such Underwriter under this Agreement. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement includes, for all purposes of this Agreement, any party not listed in Schedule I hereto who, with your approval and the approval of the Company, purchases Shares which a defaulting Underwriter is obligated, but fails or refuses, to purchase.

Any notice under this Section 11 may be given by telegram, telecopy or telephone but shall be subsequently confirmed by letter.

12. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Underwriters by notice given to the Company, if prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date (if different from the Closing Date and then only as to the Additional Shares), as the case may be, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable to market the Shares or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares, (iii) trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any other


25

governmental authority or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either federal or New York authorities.

Notice of such termination may be given by telegram, telecopy or telephone and shall be subsequently confirmed by letter.

13. INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE UNDERWRITERS. The statements set forth in the last paragraph on the cover page, the stabilization legend on the inside front cover page, and the statements in the first, second, fifth and ninth paragraphs and the third sentence of the eighth paragraph under the caption "Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters through you as such information is referred to in Sections 6(b) and 7 hereof.

14. MISCELLANEOUS. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, notice given pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered (i) if to the Company at the office of the Company at -, Attention: -; or (ii) if to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, care of and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, 250 Vesey Street, World Financial Center, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10281, Attention:-, and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Manager, Investment Banking Division.

This Agreement has been and is made solely for the benefit of the several Underwriters, the Company, its directors and officers, the other controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof and their respective successors and assigns, to the extent provided herein, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. Neither the term "successor" nor the term "successors and assigns" as used in this Agreement shall include a purchaser from any Underwriter of any of the Shares in his status as such purchaser.

15. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which together constitute one and the same instrument. If signed in counterparts, this Agreement shall not become effective unless at least one counterpart hereof shall have been executed and delivered on behalf of each party hereto.

17. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS FOR SERVICE.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York, New York in any suit, action or proceeding based on or arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Shares, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the


26

laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in the U.S. federal or state courts of New York, provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner specified herein or as otherwise permitted by law. The Company hereby irrevocably designates and appoints CT Corporation System, 1633 Broadway, 23rd Floor, New York, New York (the "Process Agent"), as the authorized agent of the Company upon whom process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, it being understood that the designation and appointment of the Process Agent as such authorized agent shall become effective immediately without any further action on the part of the Company. The Company represents to the Underwriters that it has notified the Process Agent of such designation and appointment and that the Process Agent has accepted the same in writing. The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service. The Company further agrees that service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of said service to the Company, mailed by prepaid registered first class mail or delivered to the Process Agent at its principal office, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Underwriters or any person controlling the Underwriters to serve process in any other matter permitted by law. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Process Agent in full force and effect so long as the Company has any outstanding obligations under this Agreement or the Shares. To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of note, attachment in aid of execution, executor or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, the Company hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent permitted by law.


27

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters.

Very truly yours,

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

By_________________________________
Name:
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Confirmed as of the date first
above mentioned on behalf of
themselves and the other several
Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Gabelli & Company, Inc.

As Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED

By ___________________________________
Name:
Title:

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.

By ___________________________________
Name:
Title:

GABELLI & COMPANY, INC.

By __________________________________
Name:
Title:


SCHEDULE I

                                                                    Number of
Underwriter                                                        Firm Shares
-----------                                                        -----------
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

Gabelli & Company, Inc.




                                                                    ---------
                                                        Total       6,000,000
                                                                    =========


2

Exhibit A

[Form of Opinion Letter of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett]

[to come]


Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

ALPHA G, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Alpha G, Inc. (hereinafter, the "Corporation") shall be located in the County of Westchester.

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of shareholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting given by the Corporation, shall, commencing in the year 1999, be held at such place, either within or without the State of New York, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting. In the event the Board of Directors fails to so determine the time, date and place of meeting, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in New York on the last Wednesday of April.

If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the


next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting, the shareholders entitled to vote shall elect members of the Board of Directors, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly come before the meeting.

Section 3. Voting and Proxies. In accordance with the terms of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, each holder of the Corporation's common stock, par value $.001 (the "Common Stock"), shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, per share. No proxy shall be voted after eleven (11) months from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote for directors and the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be decided by a plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by a majority vote except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of New York.

Section 4. Quorum. A majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation's capital stock entitled to vote thereat, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at meetings of shareholders. In determining whether a quorum is present treasury shares shall not be counted. If less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares are represented, a majority of the voting power of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, but until a quorum is secured no other business may be transacted. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until an adjournment not withstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. At any duly organized meeting, except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws or in the Certificate of Incorporation, a vote of a majority of the voting power of the stock represented thereat shall decide any question brought before the meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the annual or

2

special meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat at such shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any special meeting or any annual meeting; provided, business not stated in the notice of an annual meeting may be transacted at such annual meeting with the unanimous consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote thereat.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders may be held at such time and place within or without the State of New York as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and the rights of shareholders to call a special meeting to elect a sufficient number of directors to conduct the business of the Corporation under specified circumstances, special meetings of share holders can be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board (as defined herein) or the Chairman of the Board, upon not less than ten nor more than fifty days' written notice, or alternatively, at the request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General. The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than nine persons. Subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the exact

3

number of directors within the minimum and maximum limitations specified in the preceding sentence shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board"). Initially, the number of directors shall be seven (7) directors. Directors shall be at least eighteen years of age and need not be residents of the State of New York nor share holders of the Corporation. The directors, other than the first Board of Directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. The first Board of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 2. Removal. Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. Any director may be removed for cause by the action of a majority of the directors at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 3. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock or any other series or class of Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, any new directorships and vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired portion of the term of his predecessor in office. A director elected to fill a newly created directorship shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 4. Books and Records. The Board of Directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of New York, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

4

Section 5. Compensation. The Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Time and Place. Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of New York. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer on two days' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram, or on such shorter notice as the person calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances; special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

Section 3. Notice. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting, or who at tends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

5

Section 4. Quorum. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater or lesser number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 5. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 6. Meetings by Written Consent. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

Section 1. General. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, may designate, from among its members, committees, each consisting of three or more directors, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have all the authority of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise required by law. Vacancies in the membership of any committee shall be filled by the

6

Board of Directors at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Executive Committee. The executive committee of the Board of Directors shall consist of the Chairman of the Board and not less than three nor more than eight members elected by the Board of Directors from their own number. The chairman of this committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The executive committee in the interim between meetings of the Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Compensation Committee. The compensation committee shall consist of not less than three nor more than eight members whose chairman shall also be named by the Board of Directors. The compensation committee shall prescribe the compensation of all officers having an annual compensation of one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) or more. The compensation of all other officers shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4. Audit Committee. The audit committee shall consist of not less than three nor more than eight members elected by the Board of Directors from among their own number; provided, however, that a majority of the members of the committee shall be independent directors. The chairman of the committee shall also be selected by the Board of Directors. The audit committee shall recommend to the Board of Directors the firm to be employed by the Corporation as its external auditor; shall consult with the persons chosen to be the external auditors with regard to the plan of audit; shall review the fees of the external auditors for audit and non-audit services; shall review, in consultation with the external auditors, their report of audit, or proposed report of audit, and the accompanying management letter, if any; shall review with management and the external auditor before publication or issuance, the annual financial statement, and any annual reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; shall consult with the external auditors (periodically, as appropriate, out of the presence of management) with regard to the adequacy of the internal auditing and general accounting functions of the Corporation; shall consult with the internal auditors (periodically, as appropriate, out of

7

the presence of management) with regard to cooperation of corporate divisions with the internal auditing and accounting departments and the adequacy of corporate systems of accounting and controls; shall serve as a communications liaison between the Board of Directors, the external auditors, and the internal auditors; and shall perform such other duties not inconsistent with the spirit and purpose of the committee as are delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Finance Committee. The Board of Directors may elect from its membership a finance committee of not less than three nor more than eight members elected by the Board of Directors from among their own number. The chairman of the committee shall also be selected by the Board of Directors. The finance committee shall have special charge and control of all financial affairs of the Corporation. The principal functions and responsibilities of the finance committee are to: review and approve investment and loan policies; review and approve asset-liability management policies; monitor corporate financial results; recommend corporate financial actions, including dividends and capital financing. The finance committee shall make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to the terms and provisions of any issue of securities of the Corporation, including equity and debt securities, and shall serve as the pricing committee in connection with any such financing and shall authorize the execution of such underwriting agreements as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate such issue.

Section 6. Nominating Committee. The nominating committee shall consist of all non-employee (independent) directors of the Corporation, with its chairman to be named by the Board of Directors. The nominating committee shall meet periodically to review the qualifications of potential Board of Directors candidates from whatever source received; shall report its findings to the Board of Directors and propose nominations for Board of Directors membership for approval by the Board of Directors and for submission to shareholders for approval; and shall review and make recommendations to the Board of Directors, where appropriate, concerning the size of the Board of Directors and the frequency of meetings. The nominating committee shall have and exer-

8

cise all such power as it shall deem necessary for the performance of its duties.

Section 7. Meetings. Meetings of the executive committee, the finance committee, the nominating committee, the compensation committee, and the audit committee shall be held on call of the Chairman of the Board or any committee member. Meetings may be held informally, by telephone, or by mail, and it is not necessary that members of the committee be physically present together in order for a meeting to be held. Two or more members of a committee shall constitute a quorum.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. General. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. Waiver. Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

9

ARTICLE VII

OFFICERS

Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, such Vice-Presidents as shall from time to time be deemed necessary, a Secretary, such Assistant Secretaries as shall from time to time be deemed necessary, and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary. When all the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person, such person may hold all or any combination of offices.

Section 2. Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Term; Removal and Vacancies. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties and possess such powers as are customarily vested in such office or as may be vested in the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation

10

and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

Section 6. Vice-President. The Vice-President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice-Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or chief executive officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

Section 8. Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and

11

have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

If required by the Board of Directors, he or she shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corpo-

12

ration, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or as a trustee, fiduciary or administrator of any pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for any of the corporation's employees, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys, fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit

13

was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless in the specific case a determination is made that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is not proper in the circumstances because such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination may be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding (whether or not such disinterested directors constitute a quorum), (ii) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the shareholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reason ably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care

14

by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

Section 7. Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors

15

or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York (the "NYBCL") or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, office, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of Article VIII. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the "Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

16

Section 10. Term of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

Section 11. Severability. If any word, clause or provision of this Article VIII or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 12. Intent of Article. The intent of this Article VIII is to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the NYBCL. To the extent that such Section or any successor section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article VIII shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.

ARTICLE IX

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. General. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertified. Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof.

When the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class, there shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designation, relative rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of each class authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any class of preferred shares

17

in series, the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each such series so far as the same have been fixed and the authority of the Board of Directors to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares there shall be sent to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 508 of the NYBCL.

Section 2. Signatures. The signatures of the officers of the Corporation upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 3. Replacement Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as it deems adequate, to protect the Corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate shall be cancelled and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

18

Section 4. Shareholders of Record. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting nor more than fifty days prior to any other action. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of New York.

Section 5. Shareholder List. A list of shareholders as of the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its preparation or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any shareholder. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

19

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation relating thereto, if any, dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in shares of the capital stock or in the Corporation's bonds or its property, including the shares or bonds of other corporations subject to any provisions of law and of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, New York". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

20

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted at any regular or special meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the vote of the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of any directors, provided notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such meeting. These Bylaws may also be amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. If any bylaw regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the bylaw so adopted, amended or repealed, together with precise statement of the changes made. Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by the shareholders.

21

Exhibit 3.3

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALPHA G, INC.


Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York (the "BCL")


The undersigned corporation certifies that:

(1) The name of the corporation is Alpha G, Inc. (hereinafter sometimes called the "Corporation").

(2) The Corporation's certificate of incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") was originally filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on April 22, 1998.

(3) The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended as follows:

(A) Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended to change the name of the Corporation to Gabelli Asset Management Inc.

(B) Article 4 of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended to change the number and kind of authorized shares of common stock of the Corporation from 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001, consisting of the following: (i) 100,000,000 shares of such common stock will be designated as Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, with the Class A Common Stock having one vote per share in all matters on which the common stock is entitled to vote and (ii) 100,000,000 shares of such common stock will be designated as Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, with the Class B Common Stock having ten votes per share in all matters on which the common stock is entitled to vote. The 1,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of the date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation will change from 1,000 shares of common stock to 1,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, which change shall become effective at the time when this Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective.


(C) Article 5 of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended to change the number of authorized shares of preferred stock of the Corporation from 1,000 shares to 10,000,000 shares. Article 5 is also amended to authorize the Board of Directors of the Corporation to (i) establish and designate series of preferred stock, (ii) issue shares of preferred stock in a series, and (iii) fix the number of shares of preferred stock in a series and the relative rights, preferences and limitations thereof, as well as the variations in the relative rights, preferences and limitations among different series of the preferred stock.

(D) Article 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended to provide that any vacancies in the Board of Directors will be filled only by an affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining directors and that after the occurrence of certain triggering events, a director may be removed only for cause and with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the Voting Stock (as defined herein).

(E) A new Article 9 is added to the Certificate of Incorporation to establish the corporate opportunity and conflicts of interest policies of the Corporation.

(4) The text of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended as described in Paragraph (3) above, is restated to read in its entirety as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (hereinafter sometimes called the "Corporation").

2. The purposes for which it is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York ("BCL") provided that the Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity which requires the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body, without such consent or approval first being obtained.

It is hereby expressly provided that the foregoing shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the powers of this Corporation; and that this Corporation may do all and every thing necessary, suitable and appropriate for the exercise of any of its general powers.

2

3. The office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the County of Westchester.

4. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 200,000,000 shares, each share having a par value of $.001 per share, of which 100,000,000 shares shall be designated as "Class A Common Stock" (the "Class A Common Stock") and 100,000,000 shares shall be designated as "Class B Common Stock" (the "Class B Common Stock"). The holders of the Class A and Class B Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each class of the common stock are as follows:

(a) Voting. (1) At each annual or special meeting of shareholders, in the case of any written consent of shareholders in lieu of a meeting and for all other purposes, each holder of record of shares of Class A Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock standing in such person's name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation, and each holder of record of Class B Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock standing in such person's name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may be issued from time to time, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and of shares of Class B Common Stock shall vote as a single class on all matters with respect to which a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation is required under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the By-Laws of the Corporation, or on which a vote of shareholders is otherwise duly called for by the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the election of directors, matters concerning the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, mergers or consolidations with another entity or entities, dissolution of the

3

Corporation and amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as provided in this Article 4 or by applicable law, whenever applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation provide for the necessity of an affirmative vote of the shareholders entitled to cast at least a "majority (or any other greater percentage) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast thereon," or a "majority (or any other greater percentage) of the Voting Stock," or language of similar effect, any and all such language shall mean that the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall vote as one class and that such majority (or any other greater percentage) consists of a majority (or such other greater percentage) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast in accordance with the provisions of this Article 4.

(2) Neither the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock nor the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall have cumulative voting rights.

(b) Dividends; Stock Splits. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor. If at any time a dividend or other distribution in cash or other property (other than dividends or other distributions payable in shares of common stock or other voting securities or options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or other voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock or other voting securities) is paid on the shares of Class A Common Stock or shares of Class B Common Stock, a like dividend or other distribution in cash or other property shall also be paid on shares of Class B

4

Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, in an equal amount per share. If at any time a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of common stock or options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock is paid on shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, a like dividend or other distribution shall also be paid on shares of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, in an equal amount per share; provided that, for this purpose, if shares of Class A Common Stock or other voting securities, or options or warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or other voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock or other voting securities, are paid on shares of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common Stock or voting securities identical to the other securities paid on the shares of Class A Common Stock (except that the voting securities paid on the Class B Common Stock may have up to ten (10) times the number of votes per share as the other voting securities to be received by the holders of the Class A Common Stock) or options or warrants to purchase shares of Class B Common Stock or such other voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class B Common Stock or such other voting securities, are paid on shares of Class B Common Stock, in an equal amount per share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, such dividend or other distribution shall be deemed to be a like dividend or other distribution. In the case of any split, subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, shall also be split, subdivided, combined or reclassified so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately following such split, subdivision, combination or reclassification shall bear the same relationship to each other as did the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such split, subdivision, combination or reclassification.

5

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution, after payments to creditors and to the holders of any Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, without regard to class.

(d) Mergers, etc. In the event of any corporate merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of property or stock, or other reorganization in which any consideration is to be received by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall receive the same consideration on a per share basis; provided that, if such consideration shall consist in any part of voting securities (or of options or warrants to purchase, or of securities convertible into or exchangeable for, voting securities), the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock may receive, on a per share basis, voting securities with up to ten (10) times the number of votes per share as those voting securities to be received by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock (or options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, voting securities with up to ten (10) times the number of votes per share as the voting securities issuable upon exercise of the options or warrants to be received by the holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock, or into which the convertible or exchangeable securities to be received by the holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock may be converted or exchanged).

(e) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. Subject to applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, de-

6

termine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

(f) Rights Otherwise Identical. Except as otherwise expressly set in this Article 4, the rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock and the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be in all respects identical.

5. The aggregate number of shares of preferred stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000,000 shares, each share having a par value of $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

The Board of Directors is authorized to establish and designate series of the Preferred Stock, to issue shares of the Preferred Stock in series and to fix the number of shares in a series, the rights, preferences and limitations of each series and the variations in the relative rights, preferences and limitations as between series. The Board of Directors may determine for each series:

(a) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

(b) the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payments of dividends on shares of that series;

(c) whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided

7

by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

(d) whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges or be subject to conversion or exchange obligations, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

(e) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

(f) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

(g) the right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of any outstanding shares of the Corporation;

(h) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series;

(i) any restrictions on transfers of shares of that series; and

(j) any other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.

8

6. The Secretary of State of the State of New York is hereby designated as the agent of the Corporation upon whom any process may in any action or proceeding against it be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process in any action or proceeding against the Corporation which may be served upon it is: One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580; Attention: General Counsel.

7. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its Board of Directors and shareholders:

(a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(b) The Board of Directors shall have concurrent power with the shareholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(c) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

(d) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the BCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the shareholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the shareholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

(e) Any member of the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time prior to the expiration of his term by a majority vote of the outstanding shares.

9

(f) Subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, any vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum.

(g) Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, effective as of the date on which Mario J. Gabelli (hereinafter, "Mr. Gabelli") "beneficially" owns (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect on the effective date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) less than a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock (as defined below) (the "Trigger Date"), a director may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class. Before the Trigger Date, directors may be removed, without cause, with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

8. The personal liability of the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 402 of the BCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

9. In anticipation and recognition that (i) the Corporation will cease to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc. (formerly known as Gabelli Funds, Inc., "Gabelli Partners") but that Gabelli Partners (and, therefore, Mr. Gabelli beneficially) is expected to remain a substantial shareholder of the Corporation, (ii) the Corporation, Gabelli Partners and other Gabellis (as defined below) may engage in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and (iii) benefits will be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with Gabelli Partners and other Gabellis (including possible service of officers and

10

directors of Gabelli Partners, or any other Gabelli, as officers and directors of the Corporation), the provisions of this Article 9 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve a Gabelli (including Gabelli Partners) and their officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and shareholders in connection therewith.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Article 9:

(1) the "Corporation" includes its subsidiaries and other entities in which it beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities or comparable interests;

(2) a "Gabelli" includes (i) Mr. Mario J. Gabelli, so long as he is an officer or director of the Corporation or beneficially owns a controlling interest in the Corporation, (ii) any member of his "immediate family" (which shall include Mr. Gabelli's spouse, parents, children, siblings) who is at the time an officer or director of the Corporation and (iii) any entity in which the persons qualifying as Gabellis pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above (if he is at the time a Gabelli pursuant to clause (i) above) beneficially own a controlling interest of the outstanding voting securities or comparable interests;

(3) "Permissible Accounts" mean (i) those investment funds and accounts currently managed by Mr. Gabelli outside the Corporation under performance fee arrangements but only to the extent, in the case of an investment fund, such fund's investors consist solely of one or more of the persons who were investors as of __________, 1999 and the successors, heirs, donees or immediate family thereof and, in the case of an investment account, the parties to such account are solely one or more of the persons who were parties to such account as of __________, 1999 and the successors heirs thereof (collectively, "Qualifying

11

Persons") and (ii) successor funds and accounts which serve the same Qualifying Persons as the investment funds and accounts referred to in clause (i), which funds and accounts operate according to an investment style similar to such other accounts or funds and which style is not used at the Corporation as of January __, 1999, and which are subject to performance fee arrangements; and

(4) "corporate opportunities" potentially allocable to the Corporation consist of business opportunities that (i) the Corporation is financially able to undertake; (ii) are, from their nature, in the Corporation's actual line or lines of business and are of practical advantage to the Corporation; and (iii) are ones in which the Corporation has an interest or reasonable expectancy.

However, "corporate opportunities" do not include transactions in which the Corporation or a Gabelli is permitted to participate pursuant to any agreement between the Corporation and such Gabelli that is in effect as of the time any equity security of the Corporation is held of record by any person other than a Gabelli or is subsequently entered into with the approval of the members of the Board of Directors and do not include passive investments.

(b) Corporate Opportunities Policy. (1) Except with respect to opportunities that involve Permissible Accounts, if a Gabelli acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that is a corporate opportunity for both any Gabelli and the Corporation, such Gabelli will have a duty to communicate that opportunity to the Corporation and may not pursue that opportunity or direct it to another person unless the Corporation declines such opportunity or fails to pursue it.

(2) If a director or officer of the Corporation other than a Gabelli acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and a Gabelli, such director or officer must act in good faith in accordance with the following two-part policy.

(A) A corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but not an

12

officer of the Corporation and who is also a director (whether or not an officer) of an entity which is at the time a Gabelli will belong to such Gabelli or to the Corporation, as the case may be, depending on whether the opportunity is expressly offered to the person primarily in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the entity which is at the time a Gabelli or of the Corporation, respectively. Otherwise, the opportunity will belong to the Corporation to the same extent as if the opportunity came directly to the Corporation.

(B) A corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer (whether or not a director) of the Corporation and who is also a director or an officer of an entity which is at the time a Gabelli will belong to the Corporation, unless the opportunity is expressly offered to that person primarily in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the entity which is at the time a Gabelli, in which case the opportunity will belong to such Gabelli to the same extent as if the opportunity came directly to a Gabelli.

A director or officer of the Corporation (other than a Gabelli) who acts in accordance with the foregoing two-part policy
(i) will be deemed fully to have satisfied his or her fiduciary duties to the Corporation and its shareholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, (ii) will not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for any breach of fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that a Gabelli pursues or acquires such opportunity or directs such corporate opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate information regarding such opportunity to the Corporation, (iii) will be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Corporation, and (iv) will be deemed not to have breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders and not to have derived an improper benefit therefrom.

13

(3) Any corporate opportunity that belongs to a Gabelli or to the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing paragraphs shall not be pursued by the other (or directed by the other to another person or entity) unless and until such Gabelli or the Corporation, as the case may be, determines not to pursue the opportunity. If the party to whom the corporate opportunity belongs does not, however, within a reasonable period of time, begin to pursue, or thereafter continue to pursue, such opportunity diligently and in good faith, the other party may pursue such opportunity (or direct it to another person or entity).

(c) Conflict of Interest Policy. (1) No contract, agreement, arrangement, or transaction between the Corporation and a Gabelli or any customer or supplier or any entity in which a director of the Corporation has a financial interest (a "Related Entity"), or between the Corporation and one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation, or any Related Entity, any amendment, modification, or termination thereof, or any waiver of any right thereunder, will be voidable solely because a Gabelli or such customer or supplier, any Related Entity, or any one or more of the officers or directors of the Corporation or any Related Entity are parties thereto, or solely because any such directors or officers are present at or participate in the meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee thereof, that authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement, transaction, amendment, modification, termination, or waiver (each a "Transaction") or solely because their votes are counted for such purpose, if any of the following four requirements are met:

(A) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the Transaction are disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or the committee thereof that authorizes the Transaction, and the Board of Directors or such committee in good faith approves the Transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board of Directors or such committee, even if the disinterested directors are less than a quorum;

14

(B) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the Transaction are disclosed or known to the holders of Voting Stock entitled to vote thereon, and the Transaction is specifically approved by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned by such Gabelli or such Related Entity, voting together as a single class;

(C) the Transaction is effected pursuant to guidelines that are in good faith approved by a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board of Directors or the applicable committee thereof or by vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned by such Gabelli or such Related Entity, voting together as a single class; or

(D) the Transaction is fair to the Corporation as of the time it is approved by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders of the Corporation.

(2) If the requirements of (A), (B), (C) or (D) of paragraph (1) above are met, such Gabelli, the Related Entity, and the directors and officers of the Corporation, or the Related Entity (as applicable will be deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith (to the extent such standard is applicable to such person's conduct) and fully to have satisfied any duties of loyalty and fiduciary duties they may have to the Corporation and its shareholders with respect to such Transaction.

(3) Any Transaction authorized, approved, or effected, and each of such guidelines so authorized or approved, as described in (A), (B), or (C) above, will be deemed to be entirely fair to the Corporation and its shareholders, except that, if such authorization or approval is not obtained, or such Transaction is not so effected, no presumption will arise that such Transaction or guideline is not fair to the Corporation and its shareholders. A Gabelli will not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for breach of any fiduciary duty that a Gabelli

15

may have as a shareholder of the Corporation by reason of the fact that a Gabelli takes any action in connection with any transaction between such Gabelli and the Corporation.

For purposes of the provisions contained in this Article 9, a "disinterested director" shall mean a director that is not a Gabelli and who does not have a financial interest in the Transaction. Interests in an entity that are not equity or ownership interests or that constitute less than 10% of the equity ownership interests of such entity will not be considered to confer a financial interest on any person who beneficially owns such interests.

Before the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, will be required to alter, amend, or repeal any of these conflict of interest or corporate opportunity provisions contained in this Article 9 in a manner adverse to the interests of any Gabelli. After the Trigger Date, such required vote will be increased to 80% to alter, amend, repeal or replace any of the conflict of interest and corporate opportunity provisions contained herein.

(5) This amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation was authorized by:

(A) the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to Section 803 of the BCL, and

(B) the sole holder of all of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Section 803 of the BCL.

16

This Restated Certificate of Incorporation is dated January ___, 1999 and is affirmed by Alpha G, Inc. as true under the penalties of perjury.

ALPHA G, INC.

By:

Name:

Title: [Chairman, President or
Vice President]

By:

Name:

Title: [Secretary]

17

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (hereinafter, the "Corporation") shall be located in the County of Westchester.

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), "Trigger Date" shall mean the date Mr. Gabelli (as defined below) owns a "beneficial" interest (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect on the effective date of these Amended and Restated Bylaws) of less than a majority of the outstanding voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"). The term "Mr. Gabelli" refers to Mario J. Gabelli and also includes members of his "immediate family" (which shall include Mr. Gabelli's spouse, parents, children, sib-


lings, mothers and fathers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, and brothers and sisters-in-law) and any subsidiaries and other entities in which Mr. Gabelli and members of his immediate family beneficially own a controlling interest of the outstanding voting securities or interests.

Section 2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of shareholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting given by the Corporation, shall, commencing in the year 1999, be held at such place, either within or without the State of New York, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting.

If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting, the shareholders entitled to vote shall elect members of the Board of Directors, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly come before the meeting.

Section 3. Voting and Proxies. In accordance with the terms of the Corporation's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, each holder of the Corporation's Class A common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, per share and each holder of the Corporation's Class B common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class B Common Stock"), shall be entitled to ten votes, in person or by proxy, per share. Holders of Class A Common Stock shall not be eligible to vote on any alteration or change in the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class B Common Stock that would not adversely affect the rights of Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be eligible to vote on any alteration or change in the powers, preferences or special rights of Class A Common Stock that would not adversely affect the rights of Class B Common Stock. No proxy shall be voted after eleven (11) months from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

2

Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote for directors and the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be decided by a plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by a majority vote except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of New York.

Section 4. Quorum. A majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation's capital stock entitled to vote thereat, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at meetings of shareholders. In determining whether a quorum is present treasury shares shall not be counted. If less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares are represented, a majority of the voting power of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, but until a quorum is secured no other business may be transacted. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until an adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. At any duly organized meeting, except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws or in the Certificate of Incorporation, a vote of a majority of the voting power of the stock represented thereat shall decide any question brought before the meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the annual or special meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat at such shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any special meeting or any annual meeting; provided, business not stated in the notice of an annual meeting may be transacted at such annual meeting with the unanimous consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote thereat.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders may be held at such time and place within or without the State of New York as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

3

Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and the rights of shareholders to call a special meeting to elect a sufficient number of directors to conduct the business of the Corporation under specified circumstances, special meetings of shareholders can be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board (as defined herein) or the Chairman of the Board, upon not less than ten nor more than fifty days' written notice, except that prior to the Trigger Date, special meetings can also be called at the request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General. The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than nine persons. Subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the exact number of directors within the minimum and maximum limitations specified in the preceding sentence shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board"). As of the effective date of these Amended Bylaws, the number of directors shall be five (5) directors. Directors shall be at least eighteen years of age and need not be residents of the State of New York nor shareholders of the Corporation. The directors, other than the first Board of Directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. The first Board of Directors

4

shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 2. Removal. Before the Trigger Date, any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. Subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, on or after the Trigger Date, a director may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. Any director may be removed for cause by the action of a majority of the directors at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 3. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock or any other series or class of Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, any new directorships and vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired portion of the term of his predecessor in office. A director elected to fill a newly created directorship shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 4. Books and Records. The Board of Directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of New York, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

Section 5. Compensation. The Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

5

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Time and Place. Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of New York. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer on two days' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram, or on such shorter notice as the person calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances; special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

Section 3. Notice. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting, or who at tends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 4. Quorum. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater or lesser number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

6

Section 5. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 6. Meetings by Written Consent. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

Section 1. General. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, may designate, from among its members, committees, each consisting of two or more directors, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have all the authority of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise required by law. Vacancies in the membership of any committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Executive Committee. The executive committee of the Board of Directors shall consist of the Chairman of the Board and not less than one nor more than eight other members elected by the Board of Directors from their own number. The chairman of this committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The executive committee in the interim between meetings of the Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors.

7

Section 3. Compensation Committee. The compensation committee shall consist of not less than two nor more than eight members whose chairman shall also be named by the Board of Directors. The compensation committee shall prescribe the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and such other officers as such committee deems necessary.
Section 4. Audit Committee. The audit committee shall consist of not less than two nor more than eight members elected by the Board of Directors from among their own number; provided, however, that a majority of the members of the committee shall be independent directors. The chairman of the committee shall also be selected by the Board of Directors. The audit committee shall recommend to the Board of Directors the firm to be employed by the Corporation as its external auditor; shall consult with the persons chosen to be the external auditors with regard to the plan of audit; shall review the fees of the external auditors for audit and non-audit services; shall review, in consultation with the external auditors, their report of audit, or proposed report of audit, and the accompanying management letter, if any; shall review with management and the external auditor before publication or issuance, the annual financial statement, and any annual reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; shall consult with the external auditors (periodically, as appropriate, out of the presence of management) with regard to the adequacy of the internal auditing and general accounting functions of the Corporation; shall consult with the internal auditors (periodically, as appropriate, out of the presence of management) with regard to cooperation of corporate divisions with the internal auditing and accounting departments and the adequacy of corporate systems of accounting and controls; shall serve as a communications liaison between the Board of Directors, the external auditors, and the internal auditors; and shall perform such other duties not inconsistent with the spirit and purpose of the committee as are delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

8

Section 5. Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors may elect from its membership a nominating committee of not less than two nor more than eight members elected by the Board of Directors from among their own number. The nominating committee shall meet periodically to review the qualifications of potential Board of Directors candidates from whatever source received; shall report its findings to the Board of Directors and propose nominations for Board of Directors membership for approval by the Board of Directors and for submission to shareholders for approval; and shall review and make recommendations to the Board of Directors, where appropriate, concerning the size of the Board of Directors and the frequency of meetings. The nominating committee shall have and exercise all such power as it shall deem necessary for the performance of its duties.

Section 6. Meetings. Meetings of the executive committee, the nominating committee, the compensation committee, and the audit committee shall be held on call of the Chairman of the Board or any committee member. Meetings may be held informally, by telephone, or by mail, and it is not necessary that members of the committee be physically present together in order for a meeting to be held. Two or more members of a committee shall constitute a quorum.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. General. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. Waiver. Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the Certificate

9

of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

ARTICLE VII

OFFICERS

Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, such Vice Presidents as shall from time to time be deemed necessary, a Secretary, such Assistant Secretaries as shall from time to time be deemed necessary, and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.

Section 2. Term; Removal and Vacancies. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties and possess such powers as are customarily vested in such office or as may be vested in the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

10

Section 5. Vice President. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or chief executive officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

Section 7. Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

If required by the Board of Directors, he or she shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or

12

other enterprise, or as a trustee, fiduciary or administrator of any pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for any of the corporation's employees, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys, fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and

13

reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless in the specific case a determination is made that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is not proper in the circumstances because such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination may be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding (whether or not such disinterested directors constitute a quorum), (ii) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the shareholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture,

14

trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

Section 7. Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to

15

action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York (the "NYBCL") or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, office, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of Article VIII. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the "Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 10. Term of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall, unless

16

otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

Section 11. Severability. If any word, clause or provision of this Article VIII or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 12. Intent of Article. The intent of this Article VIII is to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the NYBCL. To the extent that such Section or any successor section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article VIII shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.

ARTICLE IX

BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE

The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Section 912 of the NYBCL ("Section 912"), in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(3) of such Section 912. In accordance with Section 912, this election shall not be effective until _____________, 2000 (eighteen months after the approval of this amendment by a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock).

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. General. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertified. Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation

17

and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof.

When the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class, there shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designation, relative rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of each class authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any class of preferred shares in series, the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each such series so far as the same have been fixed and the authority of the Board of Directors to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares there shall be sent to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 508 of the NYBCL.

Section 2. Signatures. The signatures of the officers of the Corporation upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 3. Replacement Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as it deems adequate, to protect the Corporation from any claim that may be made against

18

it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate shall be cancelled and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

Section 4. Shareholders of Record. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting nor more than fifty days prior to any other action. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of New York.

Section 5. Shareholder List. A list of shareholders as of the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its preparation or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any shareholder. If the

19

right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation relating thereto, if any, dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in shares of the capital stock or in the Corporation's bonds or its property, including the shares or bonds of other corporations subject to any provisions of law and of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,

20

New York". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted at any regular or special meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the vote of the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of any directors, provided notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such meeting. These Bylaws may also be amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. If any bylaw regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the bylaw so adopted, amended or repealed, together with precise statement of the changes made. Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by the shareholders.

January [ ], 1999


Exhibit 4.1

FORM OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE

TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE--Exchangeable for

Definitive Certificate When Ready for Delivery.

                          GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

         NUMBER                                                SHARES

   -------------------                                     ---------------

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                SEE REVERSE FOR
 OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK                                CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                      CUSIP_____________________

THIS CERTIFIES that_______________________

is the owner of___________________________

FULLY PAID NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereof, to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof assents.

This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Register.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated_________________________

                                    Corporate
                                      Seal

____________________________                          __________________________
        SECRETARY                                              PRESIDENT

                          COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
                       [                                ]
                                (NEW YORK, N.Y.)               TRANSFER AGENT
                                                                AND REGISTRAR

     BY

                                                           AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


FORM OF REVERSE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests, a full statement of the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each class of stock authorized to be issued, the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each series of preferred stock so far as the same have been fixed, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series of preferred stock.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -- as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ......Custodian......
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties                    (Cust)        (Minor)
JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           survivorship and not as tenants         Act..........
           in common                                   (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For Value Received, __________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE)


_________________________________________________________________________ Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

_______________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated__________________________


NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. The signature of the person executing this power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution such as a Commercial Bank, Trust Company, Securities Broker/Dealer, Credit Union, or a Savings Association participating in a Medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer

Association, Inc.


Exhibit 10.2

DRAFT

Tax Indemnification Agreement

THIS TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the "Tax Indemnification Agreement"), dated as of February ___, 1999, is made by and among Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (formerly known as Alpha G, Inc., a New York corporation) (the "Company"), and Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc. (formerly known as Gabelli Funds, Inc., a New York corporation) ("Gabelli Partners").

WHEREAS, the Company intends to offer to the public in an underwritten offering up to 6,900,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class A Common Stock") (the "Offering");

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the closing of the Offering, the Company will issue approximately 24 million shares of its Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class B Common Stock") to Gabelli Partners in exchange for substantially all of the operating assets and liabilities of Gabelli Partners;

WHEREAS, the Company and Gabelli Partners intend that this Tax Indemnification Agreement shall govern the proper allocation among the Company and Gabelli Partners of Taxes incurred in or attributable to taxable periods prior to the Closing Date and shall govern certain other Tax matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements herein set forth, the Company and Gabelli Partners hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms

For purposes of the provisions set forth below:

(a) "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

(b) "Closing" shall mean the consummation of the Offering.

(c) "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs.


DRAFT

(d) "Entities" shall mean GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gabelli Funds, LLC (formerly known as the Gabelli Funds Division), Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc., Darien Associates, LLC, Gabelli Fixed Income Distributors, Inc., and Gabelli Securities, Inc. and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries.

(e) "Excluded Assets" shall mean assets of the Entities which are not part of the contribution to the Company.

(f) "Pre-Offering Structuring Transactions" shall mean the formation of the Company and the contribution of operating assets (other than the Excluded Assets) and liabilities of Gabelli Partners to the Company in exchange for approximately 24 million shares of Class B Common Stock.

(g) "Tax" or "Taxes" shall mean any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, excise, real or personal property, sales, franchise, withholding, social security, occupation, use, service, license, payroll, transfer and recording taxes, imposed by the IRS or any Taxing Authority; and such term shall include interest whether paid or received, fines, penalties or additional amounts attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments.

(h) "Taxing Authority" shall mean any entity that imposes Taxes, whether domestic or foreign, and whether imposed by a nation, locality, municipality, government, state, federation or other body.

(i) "Tax Controversy" shall have the meaning as defined in Section 5 of the Tax Indemnification Agreement.

(j) "Tax Indemnified Party or Parties" shall mean Gabelli Partners and its shareholders.

(k) "Tax Indemnifying Party" shall mean the Company.

(l) "Tax Returns" shall mean all reports, estimates, declarations of estimated tax, information statements, returns or other documents required to be filed in connection with any Taxes, including but not limited to original (or amended) returns and filings, requests for extensions of time, requests for a change in method

2

DRAFT

of accounting, information statements and reports, claims for refund, amended returns and all documents required to be filed in connection with any Tax Controversy.

2. Tax Indemnification

(a) The Company shall indemnify the Tax Indemnified Parties and hold them harmless from, against and in respect of any and all Taxes that arise from the inclusion in a Tax Return of any items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit:

(i) resulting from the operating activities of the Entities (other than those activities attributable to the Excluded Assets) for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing, the Taxes on which have not been otherwise paid by the Tax Indemnified Parties as of the Closing Date;

(ii) relating to the Pre-Offering Structuring Transactions;

(iii) relating to the Entities for all taxable periods ending after the Closing Date, except to the extent such items relate to the
[non-operating activities] of the Entities or to the Excluded Assets for taxable periods which began before the Closing Date; and

(b) The amount of indemnification pursuant to this Section 2 shall equal the sum of:

(i) the amount of the excess of:

(X) the Tax liability of the Tax Indemnified Party calculated by including any items of income gain, loss deduction or credit of the Tax Indemnified Party described in Section 2(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), over,

(Y) the Tax liability of the Tax Indemnified Party calculated without the inclusion of such items; plus

3

DRAFT

(ii) an amount sufficient such that the amount payable pursuant to this Section 2 net of any Taxes (calculated in accordance with the
Section 2(b)(i)) payable on the receipt by the Indemnified Parties of such indemnification payment shall equal the amount calculated pursuant to Section 2(b)(i).

(c) Upon obtaining knowledge that a Tax Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Tax Indemnification Agreement, the party having knowledge shall deliver written notice to the other party. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for and the amount of indemnification pursuant to Section 2. The Tax Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of indemnification pursuant to Section 2 within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice or upon obtaining knowledge of such indemnification obligation. If either the Tax Indemnified Party or the Tax Indemnifying Party disputes the liability within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the notice or obtaining knowledge of such indemnification obligation, the dispute shall be handled as set forth in Section 3(d) below.

3. Tax Returns

(a) The Company shall prepare and timely file (in each case, at its own cost and expense and consistent with past practice), taking into account any and all extensions, all Tax Returns (other than those relating specifically to Excluded Assets) required to be filed in respect of any Taxes of the Entities for taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date not otherwise filed prior thereto.

(b) The Company shall prepare and timely file, taking into account any and all extensions, all Tax Returns with respect to the Entities required to be filed other than those described in Section 3(a) hereof.

(c) If Gabelli Partners prepares and timely files any Tax Return for which it would be entitled to indemnification under Section 2(a), then Gabelli Partners or its shareholders, whichever is applicable, shall pay such Taxes due on such Tax Returns. Gabelli Partners shall provide the Company with copies of any such Tax Returns covering the Taxes described in Section 2(a) at least twenty (20) days prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extension thereto), accompanied by a statement calculating the Tax Indemnifying Party's indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 2. The Tax Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Tax Indemnified Parties the amount of the Tax Indemnifying Party's indemnification

4

DRAFT

obligation within ten (10) days of receiving copies of such Tax Returns unless the parties are unable to agree on the amount of the Tax Indemnifying Party's indemnification obligation.

(d) In the event that the Tax Indemnifying Party and Tax Indemnified Parties cannot agree on the amount or the method of calculation of any amount relating to Taxes covered directly or indirectly by this Tax Indemnification Agreement, then such dispute shall be resolved by an independent accounting firm acceptable to both parties whose fees and expenses shall be paid by the Tax Indemnifying Party and the Tax Indemnified Parties in proportion to each party's respective liability for Taxes as determined by such accounting firm, and the Tax Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount determined by such accountants within ten (10) days of such determination.

4. Refunds

(a) The Tax Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of Tax of the Entities or Tax attributable to operating activities of the Entities to the extent such Taxes were not paid by the Company. The Company shall remit such refunds to the Tax Indemnified Parties within ten (10) days of receiving any such refund.

(b) The Company shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of Tax of the Entities or Tax attributable to the operating activities of the Entities for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date to the extent such Taxes were paid by the Company. Gabelli Partners and/or its shareholders shall remit such refunds to the Company within ten (10) days of receiving any such refund.

(c) The Company shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of Tax of the Entities for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date. To the extent received by Gabelli Partners and/or its shareholders, Gabelli Partners shall remit the amount of such refunds to the Company within ten (10) days of receiving any such refund.

(d) If any refund or credit of Tax of the Entities or Tax attributable to the operating activities of the Entities cannot be reasonably determined as a refund or credit of Tax paid by the Company or not paid by the Company, then such

5

DRAFT

refund or credit of tax shall be equitably apportioned between the Tax Indemnifying Party and the Tax Indemnified Parties.

(e) If the Company in good faith determines that it will not have any material adverse affect on its tax liability, the Company shall request and at Gabelli Partner's sole expense file for and obtain any refunds or credits to which the Tax Indemnified Parties would be entitled under Section 4 hereof. If the Company makes such a good faith determination, (i) the Company shall permit Gabelli Partners to control the prosecution of any such refund claim and, where deemed appropriate by Gabelli Partners, shall authorize by appropriate powers of attorney such persons as Gabelli Partners shall designate to represent the Gabelli Partners with respect to such refund claim and (ii) the Company shall forward to Gabelli Partners any such refund within ten (10) days after the refund is received (or reimburse Gabelli Partners for any such credit within ten
(10) days after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit is actually applied against its liability for Taxes).

5. Notification and Control of Tax Controversy

(a) Notification of Tax Controversy. If a claim for Taxes shall be made by any Taxing Authority in writing, which, if successful, could reasonably result in an indemnity payment pursuant to Section 2 hereof, the Tax Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Tax Indemnifying Party in writing of such claim (a "Tax Controversy"). If notice of the Tax Controversy is delivered to the party that would be the Tax Indemnifying Party for such Tax Controversy, the Tax Indemnifying Party shall notify the Tax Indemnified Party, in writing, of the existence of such claim. In either case, the party receiving notice of the Tax Controversy shall forward to the other all information received in respect of such Tax Controversy from the applicable Taxing Authority. If a notice of a Tax Controversy is not given to the Tax Indemnifying Party by the Tax Indemnified Party within a reasonably sufficient period of time to allow the Tax Indemnifying Party effectively to contest the Tax Controversy, taking into account the facts and circumstances with respect to such Tax Controversy, the Tax Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Tax Indemnified Party or any of its affiliates to the extent that the Tax Indemnifying Party's position is actually and materially prejudiced as a result thereof.

6

DRAFT

(b) Control of Tax Controversy. With respect to any Tax Controversy which might result in an indemnification payment by the Company pursuant to
Section 2, the Company shall control all proceedings in connection with such Tax Controversy (including, without limitation, selection of counsel) and without limiting the foregoing, may in its sole discretion and at its sole expense pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with any Taxing Authority with respect thereto, and may, in its sole discretion, either pay the Tax Controversy and sue for a refund where applicable law permits such refund suits or contest such Tax Controversy in any permissible manner. In no case shall Gabelli Partners settle or otherwise compromise any Tax Controversy referred to in the preceding sentence without the Company's prior written consent.

(c) Mutual Cooperation. Gabelli Partners and/or its shareholders shall cooperate with the Company in connection with any Tax Controversy which might result in an indemnification payment by the Company pursuant to Section 2, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the reasonable retention and (upon the Company's request) the provision to the Company of records and information which would be reasonably relevant to such Tax Controversy, and making employees available to provide additional information or explanation of any material provided hereunder or to testify at proceedings relating to such Tax Controversy. Any out-of-pocket expenses of Gabelli Partners and/or its shareholders shall be reimbursed by the Company.

6. Maintenance of Books and Records. Until the applicable statute of limitations (including periods of waiver) expired for any Tax Returns filed or required to be filed covering the periods up to and including the Closing, Gabelli Partners or its affiliates shall retain all workpapers and related materials in its possession and under its control that were used in the preparation of any Tax Returns of Gabelli Partners or the Entities. Gabelli Partners will notify the Company sixty (60) days prior to disposing of any records relating to pre-Closing periods and will deliver to the Company, at the Company's expense, any such records requested by the Company.

7. Terms of Agreement. This Tax Indemnification Agreement shall be effective as of the Closing Date and shall not terminate until the later of (i) the expiration (with valid extensions) of any applicable statute of limitations relating to

7

DRAFT

the Taxes covered thereby and (ii) the payment of any indemnification payment pursuant to Section 2.

8. Entire Agreement; Alteration, Amendment, etc. This Tax Indemnification Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein. No alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Tax Indemnification Agreement shall be valid unless made by a written instrument, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and Gabelli Partners.

9. Governing Law. This Tax Indemnification Agreement has been made in and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of New York (regardless of the laws that might be applicable under principles of conflicts of laws) from time to time obtaining.

10. Assignments and Third Party Beneficiaries. This Tax Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure only to the benefit of the parties hereto, the shareholders of Gabelli Partners and their respective successors and assigns.

11. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceablility of the remainder hereof in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceablility of this Tax Indemnification Agreement, including that provision, in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each party waives any provision of applicable law that renders any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect. If any provision of this Tax Indemnification Agreement is held to be unenforceable for any reason, it shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, or order to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Tax Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

8

DRAFT

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

By: ________________________________

Name: ______________________________

Title: _____________________________

GABELLI GROUP CAPITAL PARTNERS, INC.

By: ________________________________

Name: ______________________________

Title: _____________________________

9

Exhibit 10.3

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of February , 1999, is by and between Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (formerly known as Alpha G, Inc.), a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Gabelli Group Capital Partners, Inc. (formerly known as Gabelli Funds, Inc.), a New York corporation ("Gabelli Partners").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Gabelli Partners is currently the sole shareholder of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to effectuate a reclassification of its outstanding shares of common stock into Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), and Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class B Common Stock"), and to raise additional capital by selling an aggregate of 6,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (plus an additional 900,000 shares to cover over-allotments, if any) in an underwritten public offering (the "Offering"); and

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering, Gabelli Partners will become the sole holder of all 24,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to enter into an underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Gabelli & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters"), in connection with the Offering, which Underwriting Agreement will provide for the purchase by the Underwriters of the shares Class A Common Stock from the Company and the resale by the Underwriters of such shares to the public; and

WHEREAS, each of the parties recognizes that the raising of capital in the Offering will benefit the Company and Gabelli Partners, as the sole holder of all of the Class B Common Stock of the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree that without the prior written consent of the Company, Gabelli Partners will not sell, offer to sell, solicit an offer to buy, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares, for a period of three years after the date of the final Prospectus relating to the public offering of the Class A Common Stock of the Company (the "Lock-Up Termination Date").

2. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and, its Transfer Agent, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

3. This Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Lock-Up Termination Date or (ii) if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than provisions thereof which survive termination) is terminated, on February ___, 1999.

4. This Agreement shall be binding also upon the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of Gabelli Partners.

5. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

6. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be an original and both of which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

By:

Name:


Title:

GABELLI GROUP CAPITAL PARTNERS, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:


Exhibit 10.4

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
1999 STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN


GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
1999 STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Section Page

1. Purposes; Types of Awards; Construction.......................1

2. Definitions...................................................1

3. Administration................................................5

4. Eligibility...................................................6

5. Stock Subject to the Plan.....................................6

6. Specific Terms of Awards......................................7

7. General Provisions...........................................13


GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
1999 STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction.

The purpose of the 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (the "Plan") is to afford an incentive to selected employees, directors and independent contractors of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (the "Company"), or any Subsidiary or Affiliate which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, to continue as employees or independent contractors, as the case may be, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business. Pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan, there may be granted stock options (including "incentive stock options" and "nonqualified stock options"), stock appreciation rights (either in connection with stock options granted under the Plan or independently of options), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents and other stock- or cash-based awards. From and after the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, as hereunder defined, awards made under the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) "Affiliate" means any entity if, at the time of granting of an Award or a Loan, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity or (ii) such entity, directly or indirectly, owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

(b) "Award" means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Dividend Equiva-

1

lent or Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(d) "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Grantee in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon his or her death, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(e) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(I) any Person (as defined below in this Section 2(f)) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below in this Section
2(f)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing [25]% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph (III) below; or

(II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving:
individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved

2

or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least [60]% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing [25]% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

(IV) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity, at least [60]% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

3

For purposes of this Section 2(f), "Person" shall mean any person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act"), as such term is modified in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than (1) any employee plan established by the Company, (2) the Company or any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act

(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(h) "Committee" means the committee established by the Board to administer the Plan from and after the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the composition of which shall at all times satisfy the provisions of Rule 16b-3. With respect to the period prior to consummation of the Initial Public Offering, references to the "Committee" shall be deemed to refer to the Board.

(i) "Company" means Gabelli Asset Management Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.

(j) "Dividend Equivalent" means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(g), to receive cash, Stock, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis.

(k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases.

4

(l) "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to Stock or other property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share of Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock on such exchange, or (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock in such market, or
(iii) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(m) "Grantee" means a person who, as an employee or independent contractor of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(n) "Initial Public Offering" shall mean the initial public offering of shares of Stock of the Company, as more fully described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-51023) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about April 24, 1998, as such Registration Statement may be amended from time to time.

(o) "ISO" means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(p) "NQSO" means any Option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(q) "Option" means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section
6(b), to purchase shares of Stock. An Option may be either an ISO or an NQSO, provided that ISO's may not be granted to independent contractors.

5

(r) "Other Cash-Based Award" means cash awarded under Section
6(h), including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specified performance criteria or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.

(s) "Other Stock-Based Award" means a right or other interest granted to a Grantee under Section 6(h) that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, including, but not limited to (1) unrestricted Stock awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specified performance criteria or otherwise as permitted under the Plan, and (2) a right granted to a Grantee to acquire Stock from the Company for cash and/or a promissory note containing terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee.

(t) "Plan" means this Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(u) "Restricted Stock" means an Award of shares of Stock to a Grantee under Section 6(d) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(v) "Restricted Stock Unit" means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 6(e) to receive Stock or cash at the end of a specified deferral period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance or other criteria.

(w) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

(x) "Stock" means shares of the Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(bb) "SAR" or "Stock Appreciation Right" means the right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(c), to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Committee.

6

(cc) "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of an Award, each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

3. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Awards; to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any Award; and to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria and performance objectives (if any) included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles; to designate Affiliates; to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Grantee); and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and may make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of

7

its members either present in person or participating by conference telephone at a meeting or by written consent. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, and any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Grantee (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee) and any stockholder.

No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted made hereunder.

4. Eligibility.

Awards may be granted to selected employees, independent contractors and directors of the Company and its present or future Subsidiaries and Affiliates, in the discretion of the Committee. In determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the type of any Award (including the number of shares to be covered by such Award), the Committee shall take into account such factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

5. Stock Subject to the Plan.

The number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 1,500,000, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Grantee, the shares of stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards

8

under the Plan. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards or awards, such related Awards or awards shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.

In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, Stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock so that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantees under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems necessary or appropriate to any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock issued or issuable in respect of out standing Awards, and (iii) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award; provided that, with respect to ISOs, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.

6. Specific Terms of Awards.

(a) General. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate upon the grant, maturation, or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The Committee may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms

9

and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine.

(b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Type of Award. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option under the Plan shall designate the Option as an ISO or an NQSO.

(ii) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided that, in the case of an ISO, such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant of such Option, and in no event shall the exercise price for the purchase of shares be less than par value. The exercise price for Stock subject to an Option may be paid (i) in cash, or
(ii) at the discretion of the Committee, by an exchange of Stock previously owned by the Grantee, by the withholding of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise or (iii) a combination of thereof, in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price. A Grantee may also elect to pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the Company or sold by a broker-dealer under circumstances meeting the requirements of 12 C.F.R. ss.220 or any successor thereof.

(iii) Term and Exercisability of Options. The date on which the Committee adopts a resolution expressly granting an Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is granted; provided that Option grants in connection with the Initial Public Offering shall be deemed to have been granted on the date of consummation of the Initial Public Offering. Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed ten years from

10

the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided that the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof). An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Committee or its designated agent.

(iv) Termination of Employment, Etc. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of, or then maintains an independent contractor relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate (or a company or a parent or subsidiary company of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the Grantee has remained continuously so employed, or continuously maintained such relationship, since the date of grant of the Option; provided that the Award Agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of Options, in the event of specified terminations, to a date not later than the expiration date of such Option.

(v) Other Provisions. Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such Options, as the Committee may prescribe in its discretion.

(c) SARs. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) In General. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an SAR (1) granted in tandem with an NQSO may be granted at the time of grant of the related NQSO or at any time

11

thereafter or (2) granted in tandem with an ISO may only be granted at the time of grant of the related ISO. An SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the underlying Option is exercisable.

(ii) SARs. An SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive with respect to each share subject thereto, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (2) the grant price of the SAR (which in the case of an SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option, and which in the case of any other SAR shall be such price as the Committee may determine).

(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine (subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof). Except to the extent restricted under the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Grantee granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon.

(ii) Forfeiture. Upon termination of employment or termination of the independent contractor relationship during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock and any accrued but unpaid dividends or Dividend Equivalents that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided that

12

the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Grantee, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

(iv) Dividends. Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be either paid at the dividend payment date, or deferred for payment to such date as determined by the Committee, in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends. Stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Grantees, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions. Delivery of Stock or cash, as determined by the Committee, will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for Restricted Stock Units by the Committee. In addition, Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, at the

13

date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier or later specified times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

(ii) Forfeiture. Upon termination of employment or termination of the independent contractor relationship during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Stock or cash to which such Restricted Stock Units relate, all Restricted Stock Units that are then subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units.

(f) Stock Awards in Lieu of Cash Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant other Awards, in lieu of Company commitments to pay cash under other plans or compensatory arrangements. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall have such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

(g) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Grantees. The Committee may provide, at the date of grant or thereafter, that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, or other investment vehicles as the Committee may specify, provided that Dividend Equivalents (other than freestanding Dividend Equivalents) shall be subject to all conditions and restric-

14

tions of the underlying Awards to which they relate.

(h) Other Stock- or Cash-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Grantees Other Stock-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Such Awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, or valued by reference to the performance of specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter.

7. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, all outstanding Options and SARs not then exercisable shall become fully exercisable, and all outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Dividend Equivalent or Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award Awards not then fully vested shall become fully vested.

8. General Provisions.

(a) Compliance with Local and Exchange Requirements. The Plan, the granting and exercising of Awards thereunder, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock under any Award until completion of such stock exchange listing or registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any state, federal or foreign law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider appropriate, and may require any Grantee to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

15

(b) Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, Awards shall not be transfer able by a Grantee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, if then permitted under Rule 16b-3, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined under the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Grantee only by such Grantee or his guardian or legal representative.

(c) No Right to Continued Employment, etc. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted or any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of or to continue as an independent contractor of the Company, any subsidiary or any Affiliate or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee's employment or independent contractor relationship.

(d) Taxes. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any other payment to a Grantee, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Grantees to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Grantee's tax obligations.

(e) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided that no amendment which requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with applicable law or stock exchange requirements shall be effective unless the same shall be approved by

16

the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Grantee, without such Grantee's consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

(f) No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights. No Grantee shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Grantees. Except as provided specifically herein, a Grantee or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares.

(g) Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Grantee pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Grantee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

(h) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(i) Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

(j) Effective Date; Plan Termination. The Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board (the "Effective Date"), but the Plan (and any grants of Awards made prior to the stockholder approval mentioned herein) shall be subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of voting securities of the Company entitled to vote, which approval must occur within twelve months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. In the absence of such approval, such Awards shall be null and void. Notwith-

17

standing the foregoing, the effectiveness of the Plan and the validity of any Award granted hereunder is conditioned upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, and shall be of no force and effect if the Initial Public

Offering is not consummated.


Exhibit 10.5

GABELLI ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
1999 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose.

The purpose of the Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Annual Performance Incentive Plan is to reinforce corporate, organizational and business-development goals; to promote the achievement of year-to-year and long-range financial and other business objectives; and to reward the performance of individual officers and other employees in fulfilling their personal responsibilities for long-range achievements.

2. Definitions.

The following terms, as used herein, shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Award" shall mean an annual incentive compensation award, granted pursuant to the Plan.

(b) "Award Agreement" shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document between Gabelli Asset Management Inc. and a Participant evidencing an Award.

(c) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Gabelli Asset Management Inc.

(d) "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of an event described in Section 6(f) hereof.

(e) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) "Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof.

(g) "Company" shall mean, collectively, Gabelli Asset Management Inc., a New York corporation, and its subsidiaries.


(h) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) "Participant" shall mean an officer or other employee of the Company who is, pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan, selected to participate herein.

(j) "Performance Goals" shall mean any criteria and objectives, determined by the Committee, that the Committee may require to be met during the applicable Performance Period as a condition of the Participant's receipt of payment with respect to an Award. Performance Goals may include, but are not limited to, the attainment of any or all of the following with respect to a Performance Period: (i) specified earnings per share, (ii) attainment of specified increases in revenue, (iii) specified increases in assets under management, (iv) specified level of consolidated net income (determined before any provision for amounts paid or accrued with respect to Awards in respect of the applicable Performance Period), (v) specified return on equity, and (vi) specified improvement in operating expense controls, in each case (unless otherwise determined by the Committee), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and reported in the Company's audited financial statements for the applicable Performance Period. Performance Goals may also include such personal performance goals as the Committee shall, from time to time, establish.

(k) "Performance Period" shall mean the Company's fiscal year.

(l) "Plan" shall mean the Gabelli Asset Management Inc. 1999 Annual Performance Incentive Plan.

(m) "Shares" shall mean shares of the Company's Class A and Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

2

3. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Awards; to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; to determine the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria, if any, including Performance Goals, relating to any Award; to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, or surrendered; to make adjustments in the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, or in its discretion; to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of Award Agreements; and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and may make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members either present in person or participating by conference telephone at a meeting or by written consent. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, the Participant (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant) and any shareholder.

3

No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

4. Eligibility.

Awards may be granted to officers and other employees of the Company in the sole discretion of the Committee. Subject to Section 5(b) below, in determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the Performance Goals relating to each Award, the Committee shall take into account such factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

5. Terms of Awards.

Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve and the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be set forth therein.

(a) In General. The Committee shall specify with respect to a Performance Period the Performance Goals applicable to each Award; provided that the Committee may, in its discretion, make an Award that is based upon individual performance or any other criteria that the Committee shall deem appropriate. Performance Goals may include a level of performance below which no payment shall be made and levels of performance at which specified percentages of the Award shall be paid; provided that the Committee may provide for a minimum bonus amount for any Performance Period, without regard to level of performance, in connection with the hiring of any person or otherwise. Payment in respect of Awards may be decreased or increased based upon individual performance and contributions or such other factors as the Committee may deem appropriate. Award levels for any Performance Period may be expressed as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Participant's annual base salary.

(b) Time and Form of Payment. All payments in respect of Awards granted under this Plan shall be made within a reasonable period after achievement of the Performance Goals has been certified by the Committee or, in the case of Awards that are not conditioned on the achievement of Performance Goals, at such time as the Committee determines. All or a portion of each payment made in respect of

4

an Award granted under this Plan shall be made in cash, as determined by the Committee, with the remaining portion payable in Shares that are subject to restrictions on transferability and that may be forfeited, in whole or in part (as specified in the document evidencing the payment in Shares), prior to the third anniversary of the date of payment.

6. General Provisions.

(a) Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Plan and the granting and payment of Awards, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required.

(b) Nontransferability. Awards shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) No Right To Continued Employment. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted or any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate such Participant's employment.

(d) Withholding Taxes. Where a Participant or other person is entitled to receive a payment pursuant to an Award hereunder, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant or such other person to pay to the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company may be required to withhold before delivery to such Participant or other person of such payment or, in the case of restricted Shares, before vesting of such Shares.

5

(e) Amendment, Termination and Duration of the Plan. The Board or the Committee may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, no amendment that requires shareholder approval in order to comply with applicable law shall be effective unless the same shall be approved by the requisite vote of the shareholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant's consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate at the completion of the Performance Period that ends in 2002; provided that all payments with respect to Awards previously granted under the Plan shall be paid out pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

(f) Participant Rights. No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment for Participants.

(g) Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

(h) Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

(i) Effective Date. The Plan shall take effect upon the date designated by the Board.

(j) Beneficiary. A Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the grantee's beneficiary.

6

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of Gabelli Asset Management Inc.

The following table lists the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. (the "Company") immediately following the consummation of the Formation Transactions that are described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1. In accordance with Item 601(21) of Regulation S-K, the omitted subsidiaries considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary would not constitute a "significant subsidiary" as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

      Name                                      Jurisdiction of
      ----                                      Incorporation or
                                                Organization
                                                ------------

o     Gabelli Funds, LLC                        New York
      (100%-owned by the Company)

o     GAMCO Investors, Inc.                     New York
      (100%-owned by the Company)


o     Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc.                Delaware
      (100%-owned by the Company)

o Gabelli Securities, Inc. Delaware
(76.6%-owned by the Company)

o Gabelli Advisors, Inc. Delaware
(40.9%-owned by the Company)

o Gabelli & Company, Inc. New York (100%-owned by Gabelli Securities, Inc.)

o Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC Delaware (80.1%-owned by Gabelli Fixed Income, LLC)


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report on the Consolidated Financial Statements of Gabelli Funds, Inc. and subsidiaries dated March 11, 1998, in Amendment No. 3 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-51023) and the related Prospectus of Gabelli Asset Management Inc. to be filed on or about January 28, 1999.

                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP



New York, New York


January 28, 1999


ARTICLE 5
MULTIPLIER: 1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1997
PERIOD END SEP 30 1998
CASH 56,499
SECURITIES 78,597
RECEIVABLES 47,081
ALLOWANCES 0
INVENTORY 0
CURRENT ASSETS 0 1
PP&E 0
DEPRECIATION 0
TOTAL ASSETS 241,487
CURRENT LIABILITIES 0 1
BONDS 0
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0
PREFERRED 0
COMMON 2
OTHER SE 180,102
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 241,487
SALES 0
TOTAL REVENUES 102,309
CGS 0
TOTAL COSTS 68,307
OTHER EXPENSES 0
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 0
INCOME PRETAX 49,498
INCOME TAX 3,004
INCOME CONTINUING 45,451
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME 45,451
EPS PRIMARY 0
EPS DILUTED 0
1 UNCLASSIFIED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION.